AuxXxilium/linux_dsm_epyc7002
1
0
Fork 0
mirror of https://github.com/AuxXxilium/linux_dsm_epyc7002.git synced 2024-12-25 22:55:21 +07:00
Code Issues Actions Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity
a52079dad4
linux_dsm_epyc7002/net/mpls/af_mpls.c

1601 lines
36 KiB
C
Raw Normal View History

mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:10:47 +07:00
#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/skbuff.h>
#include <linux/socket.h>
mpls: Add a sysctl to control the size of the mpls label table This sysctl gives two benefits. By defaulting the table size to 0 mpls even when compiled in and enabled defaults to not forwarding any packets. This prevents unpleasant surprises for users. The other benefit is that as mpls labels are allocated locally a dense table a small dense label table may be used which saves memory and is extremely simple and efficient to implement. This sysctl allows userspace to choose the restrictions on the label table size userspace applications need to cope with. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:11:20 +07:00
#include <linux/sysctl.h>
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:10:47 +07:00
#include <linux/net.h>
#include <linux/module.h>
#include <linux/if_arp.h>
#include <linux/ipv6.h>
#include <linux/mpls.h>
mpls: using vzalloc requires including vmalloc.h Fixes this build error: net/mpls/af_mpls.c: In function 'resize_platform_label_table': net/mpls/af_mpls.c:767:4: error: implicit declaration of function 'vzalloc' [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration] labels = vzalloc(size); ^ Fixes: 7720c01f3f59 ("mpls: Add a sysctl to control the size of the mpls label table") Signed-off-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-05 09:37:05 +07:00
#include <linux/vmalloc.h>
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:10:47 +07:00
#include <net/ip.h>
#include <net/dst.h>
#include <net/sock.h>
#include <net/arp.h>
#include <net/ip_fib.h>
#include <net/netevent.h>
#include <net/netns/generic.h>
af_mpls: fix undefined reference to ip6_route_output Undefined reference to ip6_route_output and ip_route_output was reported with CONFIG_INET=n and CONFIG_IPV6=n. This patch uses ipv6_stub_impl.ipv6_dst_lookup instead of ip6_route_output. And wraps affected code under IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_INET) and IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IPV6). Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com> Reported-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-31 03:34:54 +07:00
#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IPV6)
#include <net/ipv6.h>
#include <net/addrconf.h>
#endif
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 20:03:27 +07:00
#include <net/nexthop.h>
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:10:47 +07:00
#include "internal.h"
mpls: flow-based multipath selection Change the selection of a multipath route to use a flow-based hash. This more suitable for traffic sensitive to reordering within a flow (e.g. TCP, L2VPN) and whilst still allowing a good distribution of traffic given enough flows. Selection of the path for a multipath route is done using a hash of: 1. Label stack up to MAX_MP_SELECT_LABELS labels or up to and including entropy label, whichever is first. 2. 3-tuple of (L3 src, L3 dst, proto) from IPv4/IPv6 header in MPLS payload, if present. Naturally, a 5-tuple hash using L4 information in addition would be possible and be better in some scenarios, but there is a tradeoff between looking deeper into the packet to achieve good distribution, and packet forwarding performance, and I have erred on the side of the latter as the default. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 20:03:28 +07:00
/* Maximum number of labels to look ahead at when selecting a path of
* a multipath route
*/
#define MAX_MP_SELECT_LABELS 4
mpls: Add a sysctl to control the size of the mpls label table This sysctl gives two benefits. By defaulting the table size to 0 mpls even when compiled in and enabled defaults to not forwarding any packets. This prevents unpleasant surprises for users. The other benefit is that as mpls labels are allocated locally a dense table a small dense label table may be used which saves memory and is extremely simple and efficient to implement. This sysctl allows userspace to choose the restrictions on the label table size userspace applications need to cope with. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:11:20 +07:00
static int zero = 0;
static int label_limit = (1 << 20) - 1;
mpls: Multicast route table change notifications Unlike IPv4 this code notifies on all cases where mpls routes are added or removed and it never automatically removes routes. Avoiding both the userspace confusion that is caused by omitting route updates and the possibility of a flood of netlink traffic when an interface goes doew. For now reserved labels are handled automatically and userspace is not notified. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:14:31 +07:00
static void rtmsg_lfib(int event, u32 label, struct mpls_route *rt,
struct nlmsghdr *nlh, struct net *net, u32 portid,
unsigned int nlm_flags);
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:10:47 +07:00
static struct mpls_route *mpls_route_input_rcu(struct net *net, unsigned index)
{
struct mpls_route *rt = NULL;
if (index < net->mpls.platform_labels) {
struct mpls_route __rcu **platform_label =
rcu_dereference(net->mpls.platform_label);
rt = rcu_dereference(platform_label[index]);
}
return rt;
}
mpls: Per-device MPLS state Add per-device MPLS state to supported interfaces. Use the presence of this state in mpls_route_add to determine that this is a supported interface. Use the presence of mpls_dev to drop packets that arrived on an unsupported interface - previously they were allowed through. Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Reviewed-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-04-22 17:14:37 +07:00
static inline struct mpls_dev *mpls_dev_get(const struct net_device *dev)
{
return rcu_dereference_rtnl(dev->mpls_ptr);
}
mpls: export mpls functions for use by mpls iptunnels Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-21 15:43:52 +07:00
bool mpls_output_possible(const struct net_device *dev)
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:10:47 +07:00
{
return dev && (dev->flags & IFF_UP) && netif_carrier_ok(dev);
}
mpls: export mpls functions for use by mpls iptunnels Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-21 15:43:52 +07:00
EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(mpls_output_possible);
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:10:47 +07:00
mpls: reduce memory usage of routes Nexthops for MPLS routes have a via address field sized for the largest via address that is expected, which is 32 bytes. This means that in the most common case of having ipv4 via addresses, 28 bytes of memory more than required are used per nexthop. In the other common case of an ipv6 nexthop then 16 bytes more than required are used. With large numbers of MPLS routes this extra memory usage could start to become significant. To avoid allocating memory for a maximum length via address when not all of it is required and to allow for ease of iterating over nexthops, then the via addresses are changed to be stored in the same memory block as the route and nexthops, but in an array after the end of the array of nexthops. New accessors are provided to retrieve a pointer to the via address. To allow for O(1) access without having to store a pointer or offset per nh, the via address for each nexthop is sized according to the maximum via address for any nexthop in the route, which is stored in a new route field, rt_max_alen, but this is in an existing hole in struct mpls_route so it doesn't increase the size of the structure. Each via address is ensured to be aligned to VIA_ALEN_ALIGN to account for architectures that don't allow unaligned accesses. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-27 07:37:36 +07:00
static u8 *__mpls_nh_via(struct mpls_route *rt, struct mpls_nh *nh)
{
u8 *nh0_via = PTR_ALIGN((u8 *)&rt->rt_nh[rt->rt_nhn], VIA_ALEN_ALIGN);
int nh_index = nh - rt->rt_nh;
return nh0_via + rt->rt_max_alen * nh_index;
}
static const u8 *mpls_nh_via(const struct mpls_route *rt,
const struct mpls_nh *nh)
{
return __mpls_nh_via((struct mpls_route *)rt, (struct mpls_nh *)nh);
}
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 20:03:27 +07:00
static unsigned int mpls_nh_header_size(const struct mpls_nh *nh)
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:10:47 +07:00
{
/* The size of the layer 2.5 labels to be added for this route */
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 20:03:27 +07:00
return nh->nh_labels * sizeof(struct mpls_shim_hdr);
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:10:47 +07:00
}
mpls: export mpls functions for use by mpls iptunnels Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-21 15:43:52 +07:00
unsigned int mpls_dev_mtu(const struct net_device *dev)
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:10:47 +07:00
{
/* The amount of data the layer 2 frame can hold */
return dev->mtu;
}
mpls: export mpls functions for use by mpls iptunnels Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-21 15:43:52 +07:00
EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(mpls_dev_mtu);
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:10:47 +07:00
mpls: export mpls functions for use by mpls iptunnels Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-21 15:43:52 +07:00
bool mpls_pkt_too_big(const struct sk_buff *skb, unsigned int mtu)
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:10:47 +07:00
{
if (skb->len <= mtu)
return false;
if (skb_is_gso(skb) && skb_gso_network_seglen(skb) <= mtu)
return false;
return true;
}
mpls: export mpls functions for use by mpls iptunnels Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-21 15:43:52 +07:00
EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(mpls_pkt_too_big);
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:10:47 +07:00
mpls: flow-based multipath selection Change the selection of a multipath route to use a flow-based hash. This more suitable for traffic sensitive to reordering within a flow (e.g. TCP, L2VPN) and whilst still allowing a good distribution of traffic given enough flows. Selection of the path for a multipath route is done using a hash of: 1. Label stack up to MAX_MP_SELECT_LABELS labels or up to and including entropy label, whichever is first. 2. 3-tuple of (L3 src, L3 dst, proto) from IPv4/IPv6 header in MPLS payload, if present. Naturally, a 5-tuple hash using L4 information in addition would be possible and be better in some scenarios, but there is a tradeoff between looking deeper into the packet to achieve good distribution, and packet forwarding performance, and I have erred on the side of the latter as the default. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 20:03:28 +07:00
static struct mpls_nh *mpls_select_multipath(struct mpls_route *rt,
struct sk_buff *skb, bool bos)
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 20:03:27 +07:00
{
mpls: flow-based multipath selection Change the selection of a multipath route to use a flow-based hash. This more suitable for traffic sensitive to reordering within a flow (e.g. TCP, L2VPN) and whilst still allowing a good distribution of traffic given enough flows. Selection of the path for a multipath route is done using a hash of: 1. Label stack up to MAX_MP_SELECT_LABELS labels or up to and including entropy label, whichever is first. 2. 3-tuple of (L3 src, L3 dst, proto) from IPv4/IPv6 header in MPLS payload, if present. Naturally, a 5-tuple hash using L4 information in addition would be possible and be better in some scenarios, but there is a tradeoff between looking deeper into the packet to achieve good distribution, and packet forwarding performance, and I have erred on the side of the latter as the default. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 20:03:28 +07:00
struct mpls_entry_decoded dec;
struct mpls_shim_hdr *hdr;
bool eli_seen = false;
int label_index;
int nh_index = 0;
u32 hash = 0;
/* No need to look further into packet if there's only
* one path
*/
if (rt->rt_nhn == 1)
goto out;
for (label_index = 0; label_index < MAX_MP_SELECT_LABELS && !bos;
label_index++) {
if (!pskb_may_pull(skb, sizeof(*hdr) * label_index))
break;
/* Read and decode the current label */
hdr = mpls_hdr(skb) + label_index;
dec = mpls_entry_decode(hdr);
/* RFC6790 - reserved labels MUST NOT be used as keys
* for the load-balancing function
*/
if (likely(dec.label >= MPLS_LABEL_FIRST_UNRESERVED)) {
hash = jhash_1word(dec.label, hash);
/* The entropy label follows the entropy label
* indicator, so this means that the entropy
* label was just added to the hash - no need to
* go any deeper either in the label stack or in the
* payload
*/
if (eli_seen)
break;
} else if (dec.label == MPLS_LABEL_ENTROPY) {
eli_seen = true;
}
bos = dec.bos;
if (bos && pskb_may_pull(skb, sizeof(*hdr) * label_index +
sizeof(struct iphdr))) {
const struct iphdr *v4hdr;
v4hdr = (const struct iphdr *)(mpls_hdr(skb) +
label_index);
if (v4hdr->version == 4) {
hash = jhash_3words(ntohl(v4hdr->saddr),
ntohl(v4hdr->daddr),
v4hdr->protocol, hash);
} else if (v4hdr->version == 6 &&
pskb_may_pull(skb, sizeof(*hdr) * label_index +
sizeof(struct ipv6hdr))) {
const struct ipv6hdr *v6hdr;
v6hdr = (const struct ipv6hdr *)(mpls_hdr(skb) +
label_index);
hash = __ipv6_addr_jhash(&v6hdr->saddr, hash);
hash = __ipv6_addr_jhash(&v6hdr->daddr, hash);
hash = jhash_1word(v6hdr->nexthdr, hash);
}
}
}
nh_index = hash % rt->rt_nhn;
out:
return &rt->rt_nh[nh_index];
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 20:03:27 +07:00
}
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:10:47 +07:00
static bool mpls_egress(struct mpls_route *rt, struct sk_buff *skb,
struct mpls_entry_decoded dec)
{
mpls: Enforce payload type of traffic sent using explicit NULL RFC 4182 s2 states that if an IPv4 Explicit NULL label is the only label on the stack, then after popping the resulting packet must be treated as a IPv4 packet and forwarded based on the IPv4 header. The same is true for IPv6 Explicit NULL with an IPv6 packet following. Therefore, when installing the IPv4/IPv6 Explicit NULL label routes, add an attribute that specifies the expected payload type for use at forwarding time for determining the type of the encapsulated packet instead of inspecting the first nibble of the packet. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-06 17:04:56 +07:00
enum mpls_payload_type payload_type;
bool success = false;
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:10:47 +07:00
mpls: In mpls_egress verify the packet length. Reobert Shearman noticed that mpls_egress is failing to verify that the bytes to be examined are in fact present in the packet before mpls_egress reads those bytes. As suggested by David Miller reduce this to a single pskb_may_pull call so that we don't do unnecessary work in the fast path. Reported-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-13 06:22:59 +07:00
/* The IPv4 code below accesses through the IPv4 header
* checksum, which is 12 bytes into the packet.
* The IPv6 code below accesses through the IPv6 hop limit
* which is 8 bytes into the packet.
*
* For all supported cases there should always be at least 12
* bytes of packet data present. The IPv4 header is 20 bytes
* without options and the IPv6 header is always 40 bytes
* long.
*/
if (!pskb_may_pull(skb, 12))
return false;
mpls: Enforce payload type of traffic sent using explicit NULL RFC 4182 s2 states that if an IPv4 Explicit NULL label is the only label on the stack, then after popping the resulting packet must be treated as a IPv4 packet and forwarded based on the IPv4 header. The same is true for IPv6 Explicit NULL with an IPv6 packet following. Therefore, when installing the IPv4/IPv6 Explicit NULL label routes, add an attribute that specifies the expected payload type for use at forwarding time for determining the type of the encapsulated packet instead of inspecting the first nibble of the packet. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-06 17:04:56 +07:00
payload_type = rt->rt_payload_type;
if (payload_type == MPT_UNSPEC)
payload_type = ip_hdr(skb)->version;
switch (payload_type) {
case MPT_IPV4: {
struct iphdr *hdr4 = ip_hdr(skb);
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:10:47 +07:00
skb->protocol = htons(ETH_P_IP);
csum_replace2(&hdr4->check,
htons(hdr4->ttl << 8),
htons(dec.ttl << 8));
hdr4->ttl = dec.ttl;
mpls: Enforce payload type of traffic sent using explicit NULL RFC 4182 s2 states that if an IPv4 Explicit NULL label is the only label on the stack, then after popping the resulting packet must be treated as a IPv4 packet and forwarded based on the IPv4 header. The same is true for IPv6 Explicit NULL with an IPv6 packet following. Therefore, when installing the IPv4/IPv6 Explicit NULL label routes, add an attribute that specifies the expected payload type for use at forwarding time for determining the type of the encapsulated packet instead of inspecting the first nibble of the packet. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-06 17:04:56 +07:00
success = true;
break;
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:10:47 +07:00
}
mpls: Enforce payload type of traffic sent using explicit NULL RFC 4182 s2 states that if an IPv4 Explicit NULL label is the only label on the stack, then after popping the resulting packet must be treated as a IPv4 packet and forwarded based on the IPv4 header. The same is true for IPv6 Explicit NULL with an IPv6 packet following. Therefore, when installing the IPv4/IPv6 Explicit NULL label routes, add an attribute that specifies the expected payload type for use at forwarding time for determining the type of the encapsulated packet instead of inspecting the first nibble of the packet. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-06 17:04:56 +07:00
case MPT_IPV6: {
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:10:47 +07:00
struct ipv6hdr *hdr6 = ipv6_hdr(skb);
skb->protocol = htons(ETH_P_IPV6);
hdr6->hop_limit = dec.ttl;
mpls: Enforce payload type of traffic sent using explicit NULL RFC 4182 s2 states that if an IPv4 Explicit NULL label is the only label on the stack, then after popping the resulting packet must be treated as a IPv4 packet and forwarded based on the IPv4 header. The same is true for IPv6 Explicit NULL with an IPv6 packet following. Therefore, when installing the IPv4/IPv6 Explicit NULL label routes, add an attribute that specifies the expected payload type for use at forwarding time for determining the type of the encapsulated packet instead of inspecting the first nibble of the packet. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-06 17:04:56 +07:00
success = true;
break;
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:10:47 +07:00
}
mpls: Enforce payload type of traffic sent using explicit NULL RFC 4182 s2 states that if an IPv4 Explicit NULL label is the only label on the stack, then after popping the resulting packet must be treated as a IPv4 packet and forwarded based on the IPv4 header. The same is true for IPv6 Explicit NULL with an IPv6 packet following. Therefore, when installing the IPv4/IPv6 Explicit NULL label routes, add an attribute that specifies the expected payload type for use at forwarding time for determining the type of the encapsulated packet instead of inspecting the first nibble of the packet. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-06 17:04:56 +07:00
case MPT_UNSPEC:
break;
}
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:10:47 +07:00
return success;
}
static int mpls_forward(struct sk_buff *skb, struct net_device *dev,
struct packet_type *pt, struct net_device *orig_dev)
{
struct net *net = dev_net(dev);
struct mpls_shim_hdr *hdr;
struct mpls_route *rt;
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 20:03:27 +07:00
struct mpls_nh *nh;
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:10:47 +07:00
struct mpls_entry_decoded dec;
struct net_device *out_dev;
mpls: Per-device MPLS state Add per-device MPLS state to supported interfaces. Use the presence of this state in mpls_route_add to determine that this is a supported interface. Use the presence of mpls_dev to drop packets that arrived on an unsupported interface - previously they were allowed through. Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Reviewed-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-04-22 17:14:37 +07:00
struct mpls_dev *mdev;
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:10:47 +07:00
unsigned int hh_len;
unsigned int new_header_size;
unsigned int mtu;
int err;
/* Careful this entire function runs inside of an rcu critical section */
mpls: Per-device MPLS state Add per-device MPLS state to supported interfaces. Use the presence of this state in mpls_route_add to determine that this is a supported interface. Use the presence of mpls_dev to drop packets that arrived on an unsupported interface - previously they were allowed through. Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Reviewed-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-04-22 17:14:37 +07:00
mdev = mpls_dev_get(dev);
mpls: Per-device enabling of packet input An MPLS network is a single trust domain where the edges must be in control of what labels make their way into the core. The simplest way of ensuring this is for the edge device to always impose the labels, and not allow forward labeled traffic from untrusted neighbours. This is achieved by allowing a per-device configuration of whether MPLS traffic input from that interface should be processed or not. To be secure by default, the default state is changed to MPLS being disabled on all interfaces unless explicitly enabled and no global option is provided to change the default. Whilst this differs from other protocols (e.g. IPv6), network operators are used to explicitly enabling MPLS forwarding on interfaces, and with the number of links to the MPLS core typically fairly low this doesn't present too much of a burden on operators. Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Reviewed-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-04-22 17:14:38 +07:00
if (!mdev || !mdev->input_enabled)
mpls: Per-device MPLS state Add per-device MPLS state to supported interfaces. Use the presence of this state in mpls_route_add to determine that this is a supported interface. Use the presence of mpls_dev to drop packets that arrived on an unsupported interface - previously they were allowed through. Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Reviewed-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-04-22 17:14:37 +07:00
goto drop;
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:10:47 +07:00
if (skb->pkt_type != PACKET_HOST)
goto drop;
if ((skb = skb_share_check(skb, GFP_ATOMIC)) == NULL)
goto drop;
if (!pskb_may_pull(skb, sizeof(*hdr)))
goto drop;
/* Read and decode the label */
hdr = mpls_hdr(skb);
dec = mpls_entry_decode(hdr);
/* Pop the label */
skb_pull(skb, sizeof(*hdr));
skb_reset_network_header(skb);
skb_orphan(skb);
rt = mpls_route_input_rcu(net, dec.label);
if (!rt)
goto drop;
mpls: flow-based multipath selection Change the selection of a multipath route to use a flow-based hash. This more suitable for traffic sensitive to reordering within a flow (e.g. TCP, L2VPN) and whilst still allowing a good distribution of traffic given enough flows. Selection of the path for a multipath route is done using a hash of: 1. Label stack up to MAX_MP_SELECT_LABELS labels or up to and including entropy label, whichever is first. 2. 3-tuple of (L3 src, L3 dst, proto) from IPv4/IPv6 header in MPLS payload, if present. Naturally, a 5-tuple hash using L4 information in addition would be possible and be better in some scenarios, but there is a tradeoff between looking deeper into the packet to achieve good distribution, and packet forwarding performance, and I have erred on the side of the latter as the default. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 20:03:28 +07:00
nh = mpls_select_multipath(rt, skb, dec.bos);
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 20:03:27 +07:00
if (!nh)
goto drop;
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:10:47 +07:00
/* Find the output device */
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 20:03:27 +07:00
out_dev = rcu_dereference(nh->nh_dev);
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:10:47 +07:00
if (!mpls_output_possible(out_dev))
goto drop;
if (skb_warn_if_lro(skb))
goto drop;
skb_forward_csum(skb);
/* Verify ttl is valid */
mpls: Correct the ttl decrement. According to RFC3032 section 2.4.2 packets with an outgoing ttl of 0 MUST NOT be forwarded. According to section 2.4.1 an outgoing TTL of 0 comes from an incomming TTL <= 1. Therefore any packets that is received with a ttl <= 1 should not have it's ttl decremented and forwarded. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-08 05:23:23 +07:00
if (dec.ttl <= 1)
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:10:47 +07:00
goto drop;
dec.ttl -= 1;
/* Verify the destination can hold the packet */
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 20:03:27 +07:00
new_header_size = mpls_nh_header_size(nh);
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:10:47 +07:00
mtu = mpls_dev_mtu(out_dev);
if (mpls_pkt_too_big(skb, mtu - new_header_size))
goto drop;
hh_len = LL_RESERVED_SPACE(out_dev);
if (!out_dev->header_ops)
hh_len = 0;
/* Ensure there is enough space for the headers in the skb */
if (skb_cow(skb, hh_len + new_header_size))
goto drop;
skb->dev = out_dev;
skb->protocol = htons(ETH_P_MPLS_UC);
if (unlikely(!new_header_size && dec.bos)) {
/* Penultimate hop popping */
if (!mpls_egress(rt, skb, dec))
goto drop;
} else {
bool bos;
int i;
skb_push(skb, new_header_size);
skb_reset_network_header(skb);
/* Push the new labels */
hdr = mpls_hdr(skb);
bos = dec.bos;
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 20:03:27 +07:00
for (i = nh->nh_labels - 1; i >= 0; i--) {
hdr[i] = mpls_entry_encode(nh->nh_label[i],
dec.ttl, 0, bos);
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:10:47 +07:00
bos = false;
}
}
mpls: reduce memory usage of routes Nexthops for MPLS routes have a via address field sized for the largest via address that is expected, which is 32 bytes. This means that in the most common case of having ipv4 via addresses, 28 bytes of memory more than required are used per nexthop. In the other common case of an ipv6 nexthop then 16 bytes more than required are used. With large numbers of MPLS routes this extra memory usage could start to become significant. To avoid allocating memory for a maximum length via address when not all of it is required and to allow for ease of iterating over nexthops, then the via addresses are changed to be stored in the same memory block as the route and nexthops, but in an array after the end of the array of nexthops. New accessors are provided to retrieve a pointer to the via address. To allow for O(1) access without having to store a pointer or offset per nh, the via address for each nexthop is sized according to the maximum via address for any nexthop in the route, which is stored in a new route field, rt_max_alen, but this is in an existing hole in struct mpls_route so it doesn't increase the size of the structure. Each via address is ensured to be aligned to VIA_ALEN_ALIGN to account for architectures that don't allow unaligned accesses. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-27 07:37:36 +07:00
err = neigh_xmit(nh->nh_via_table, out_dev, mpls_nh_via(rt, nh), skb);
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:10:47 +07:00
if (err)
net_dbg_ratelimited("%s: packet transmission failed: %d\n",
__func__, err);
return 0;
drop:
kfree_skb(skb);
return NET_RX_DROP;
}
static struct packet_type mpls_packet_type __read_mostly = {
.type = cpu_to_be16(ETH_P_MPLS_UC),
.func = mpls_forward,
};
mpls: rtm_mpls_policy[] can be static Signed-off-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-05 04:33:54 +07:00
static const struct nla_policy rtm_mpls_policy[RTA_MAX+1] = {
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:13:56 +07:00
[RTA_DST] = { .type = NLA_U32 },
[RTA_OIF] = { .type = NLA_U32 },
};
mpls: Basic support for adding and removing routes mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del implement the basic logic for adding and removing Next Hop Label Forwarding Entries from the MPLS input label map. The addition and subtraction is done in a way that is consistent with how the existing routing table in Linux are maintained. Thus all of the work to deal with NLM_F_APPEND, NLM_F_EXCL, NLM_F_REPLACE, and NLM_F_CREATE. Cases that are not clearly defined such as changing the interpretation of the mpls reserved labels is not allowed. Because it seems like the right thing to do adding an MPLS route without specifying an input label and allowing the kernel to pick a free label table entry is supported. The implementation is currently less than optimal but that can be changed. As I don't have anything else to test with only ethernet and the loopback device are the only two device types currently supported for forwarding MPLS over. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:12:40 +07:00
struct mpls_route_config {
mpls: Enforce payload type of traffic sent using explicit NULL RFC 4182 s2 states that if an IPv4 Explicit NULL label is the only label on the stack, then after popping the resulting packet must be treated as a IPv4 packet and forwarded based on the IPv4 header. The same is true for IPv6 Explicit NULL with an IPv6 packet following. Therefore, when installing the IPv4/IPv6 Explicit NULL label routes, add an attribute that specifies the expected payload type for use at forwarding time for determining the type of the encapsulated packet instead of inspecting the first nibble of the packet. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-06 17:04:56 +07:00
u32 rc_protocol;
u32 rc_ifindex;
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 20:03:27 +07:00
u8 rc_via_table;
u8 rc_via_alen;
mpls: Enforce payload type of traffic sent using explicit NULL RFC 4182 s2 states that if an IPv4 Explicit NULL label is the only label on the stack, then after popping the resulting packet must be treated as a IPv4 packet and forwarded based on the IPv4 header. The same is true for IPv6 Explicit NULL with an IPv6 packet following. Therefore, when installing the IPv4/IPv6 Explicit NULL label routes, add an attribute that specifies the expected payload type for use at forwarding time for determining the type of the encapsulated packet instead of inspecting the first nibble of the packet. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-06 17:04:56 +07:00
u8 rc_via[MAX_VIA_ALEN];
u32 rc_label;
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 20:03:27 +07:00
u8 rc_output_labels;
mpls: Enforce payload type of traffic sent using explicit NULL RFC 4182 s2 states that if an IPv4 Explicit NULL label is the only label on the stack, then after popping the resulting packet must be treated as a IPv4 packet and forwarded based on the IPv4 header. The same is true for IPv6 Explicit NULL with an IPv6 packet following. Therefore, when installing the IPv4/IPv6 Explicit NULL label routes, add an attribute that specifies the expected payload type for use at forwarding time for determining the type of the encapsulated packet instead of inspecting the first nibble of the packet. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-06 17:04:56 +07:00
u32 rc_output_label[MAX_NEW_LABELS];
u32 rc_nlflags;
enum mpls_payload_type rc_payload_type;
struct nl_info rc_nlinfo;
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 20:03:27 +07:00
struct rtnexthop *rc_mp;
int rc_mp_len;
mpls: Basic support for adding and removing routes mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del implement the basic logic for adding and removing Next Hop Label Forwarding Entries from the MPLS input label map. The addition and subtraction is done in a way that is consistent with how the existing routing table in Linux are maintained. Thus all of the work to deal with NLM_F_APPEND, NLM_F_EXCL, NLM_F_REPLACE, and NLM_F_CREATE. Cases that are not clearly defined such as changing the interpretation of the mpls reserved labels is not allowed. Because it seems like the right thing to do adding an MPLS route without specifying an input label and allowing the kernel to pick a free label table entry is supported. The implementation is currently less than optimal but that can be changed. As I don't have anything else to test with only ethernet and the loopback device are the only two device types currently supported for forwarding MPLS over. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:12:40 +07:00
};
mpls: reduce memory usage of routes Nexthops for MPLS routes have a via address field sized for the largest via address that is expected, which is 32 bytes. This means that in the most common case of having ipv4 via addresses, 28 bytes of memory more than required are used per nexthop. In the other common case of an ipv6 nexthop then 16 bytes more than required are used. With large numbers of MPLS routes this extra memory usage could start to become significant. To avoid allocating memory for a maximum length via address when not all of it is required and to allow for ease of iterating over nexthops, then the via addresses are changed to be stored in the same memory block as the route and nexthops, but in an array after the end of the array of nexthops. New accessors are provided to retrieve a pointer to the via address. To allow for O(1) access without having to store a pointer or offset per nh, the via address for each nexthop is sized according to the maximum via address for any nexthop in the route, which is stored in a new route field, rt_max_alen, but this is in an existing hole in struct mpls_route so it doesn't increase the size of the structure. Each via address is ensured to be aligned to VIA_ALEN_ALIGN to account for architectures that don't allow unaligned accesses. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-27 07:37:36 +07:00
static struct mpls_route *mpls_rt_alloc(int num_nh, u8 max_alen)
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:10:47 +07:00
{
mpls: reduce memory usage of routes Nexthops for MPLS routes have a via address field sized for the largest via address that is expected, which is 32 bytes. This means that in the most common case of having ipv4 via addresses, 28 bytes of memory more than required are used per nexthop. In the other common case of an ipv6 nexthop then 16 bytes more than required are used. With large numbers of MPLS routes this extra memory usage could start to become significant. To avoid allocating memory for a maximum length via address when not all of it is required and to allow for ease of iterating over nexthops, then the via addresses are changed to be stored in the same memory block as the route and nexthops, but in an array after the end of the array of nexthops. New accessors are provided to retrieve a pointer to the via address. To allow for O(1) access without having to store a pointer or offset per nh, the via address for each nexthop is sized according to the maximum via address for any nexthop in the route, which is stored in a new route field, rt_max_alen, but this is in an existing hole in struct mpls_route so it doesn't increase the size of the structure. Each via address is ensured to be aligned to VIA_ALEN_ALIGN to account for architectures that don't allow unaligned accesses. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-27 07:37:36 +07:00
u8 max_alen_aligned = ALIGN(max_alen, VIA_ALEN_ALIGN);
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:10:47 +07:00
struct mpls_route *rt;
mpls: reduce memory usage of routes Nexthops for MPLS routes have a via address field sized for the largest via address that is expected, which is 32 bytes. This means that in the most common case of having ipv4 via addresses, 28 bytes of memory more than required are used per nexthop. In the other common case of an ipv6 nexthop then 16 bytes more than required are used. With large numbers of MPLS routes this extra memory usage could start to become significant. To avoid allocating memory for a maximum length via address when not all of it is required and to allow for ease of iterating over nexthops, then the via addresses are changed to be stored in the same memory block as the route and nexthops, but in an array after the end of the array of nexthops. New accessors are provided to retrieve a pointer to the via address. To allow for O(1) access without having to store a pointer or offset per nh, the via address for each nexthop is sized according to the maximum via address for any nexthop in the route, which is stored in a new route field, rt_max_alen, but this is in an existing hole in struct mpls_route so it doesn't increase the size of the structure. Each via address is ensured to be aligned to VIA_ALEN_ALIGN to account for architectures that don't allow unaligned accesses. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-27 07:37:36 +07:00
rt = kzalloc(ALIGN(sizeof(*rt) + num_nh * sizeof(*rt->rt_nh),
VIA_ALEN_ALIGN) +
num_nh * max_alen_aligned,
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 20:03:27 +07:00
GFP_KERNEL);
mpls: reduce memory usage of routes Nexthops for MPLS routes have a via address field sized for the largest via address that is expected, which is 32 bytes. This means that in the most common case of having ipv4 via addresses, 28 bytes of memory more than required are used per nexthop. In the other common case of an ipv6 nexthop then 16 bytes more than required are used. With large numbers of MPLS routes this extra memory usage could start to become significant. To avoid allocating memory for a maximum length via address when not all of it is required and to allow for ease of iterating over nexthops, then the via addresses are changed to be stored in the same memory block as the route and nexthops, but in an array after the end of the array of nexthops. New accessors are provided to retrieve a pointer to the via address. To allow for O(1) access without having to store a pointer or offset per nh, the via address for each nexthop is sized according to the maximum via address for any nexthop in the route, which is stored in a new route field, rt_max_alen, but this is in an existing hole in struct mpls_route so it doesn't increase the size of the structure. Each via address is ensured to be aligned to VIA_ALEN_ALIGN to account for architectures that don't allow unaligned accesses. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-27 07:37:36 +07:00
if (rt) {
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 20:03:27 +07:00
rt->rt_nhn = num_nh;
mpls: reduce memory usage of routes Nexthops for MPLS routes have a via address field sized for the largest via address that is expected, which is 32 bytes. This means that in the most common case of having ipv4 via addresses, 28 bytes of memory more than required are used per nexthop. In the other common case of an ipv6 nexthop then 16 bytes more than required are used. With large numbers of MPLS routes this extra memory usage could start to become significant. To avoid allocating memory for a maximum length via address when not all of it is required and to allow for ease of iterating over nexthops, then the via addresses are changed to be stored in the same memory block as the route and nexthops, but in an array after the end of the array of nexthops. New accessors are provided to retrieve a pointer to the via address. To allow for O(1) access without having to store a pointer or offset per nh, the via address for each nexthop is sized according to the maximum via address for any nexthop in the route, which is stored in a new route field, rt_max_alen, but this is in an existing hole in struct mpls_route so it doesn't increase the size of the structure. Each via address is ensured to be aligned to VIA_ALEN_ALIGN to account for architectures that don't allow unaligned accesses. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-27 07:37:36 +07:00
rt->rt_max_alen = max_alen_aligned;
}
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 20:03:27 +07:00
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:10:47 +07:00
return rt;
}
static void mpls_rt_free(struct mpls_route *rt)
{
if (rt)
kfree_rcu(rt, rt_rcu);
}
mpls: Multicast route table change notifications Unlike IPv4 this code notifies on all cases where mpls routes are added or removed and it never automatically removes routes. Avoiding both the userspace confusion that is caused by omitting route updates and the possibility of a flood of netlink traffic when an interface goes doew. For now reserved labels are handled automatically and userspace is not notified. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:14:31 +07:00
static void mpls_notify_route(struct net *net, unsigned index,
struct mpls_route *old, struct mpls_route *new,
const struct nl_info *info)
{
struct nlmsghdr *nlh = info ? info->nlh : NULL;
unsigned portid = info ? info->portid : 0;
int event = new ? RTM_NEWROUTE : RTM_DELROUTE;
struct mpls_route *rt = new ? new : old;
unsigned nlm_flags = (old && new) ? NLM_F_REPLACE : 0;
/* Ignore reserved labels for now */
mpls: Use definition for reserved label checks In multiple locations there are checks for whether the label in hand is a reserved label or not using the arbritray value of 16. Factor this out into a #define for better maintainability and for documentation. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-03 23:50:04 +07:00
if (rt && (index >= MPLS_LABEL_FIRST_UNRESERVED))
mpls: Multicast route table change notifications Unlike IPv4 this code notifies on all cases where mpls routes are added or removed and it never automatically removes routes. Avoiding both the userspace confusion that is caused by omitting route updates and the possibility of a flood of netlink traffic when an interface goes doew. For now reserved labels are handled automatically and userspace is not notified. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:14:31 +07:00
rtmsg_lfib(event, index, rt, nlh, net, portid, nlm_flags);
}
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:10:47 +07:00
static void mpls_route_update(struct net *net, unsigned index,
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 20:03:27 +07:00
struct mpls_route *new,
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:10:47 +07:00
const struct nl_info *info)
{
mpls: Cleanup the rcu usage in the code. Sparse was generating a lot of warnings mostly from missing annotations in the code. Add missing annotations and in a few cases tweak the code for performance by moving work before loops. This also fixes a problematic ommision of rcu_assign_pointer and rcu_dereference. Hopefully with complete rcu annotations any new rcu errors will stick out like a sore thumb. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-08 05:21:56 +07:00
struct mpls_route __rcu **platform_label;
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 20:03:27 +07:00
struct mpls_route *rt;
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:10:47 +07:00
ASSERT_RTNL();
mpls: Cleanup the rcu usage in the code. Sparse was generating a lot of warnings mostly from missing annotations in the code. Add missing annotations and in a few cases tweak the code for performance by moving work before loops. This also fixes a problematic ommision of rcu_assign_pointer and rcu_dereference. Hopefully with complete rcu annotations any new rcu errors will stick out like a sore thumb. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-08 05:21:56 +07:00
platform_label = rtnl_dereference(net->mpls.platform_label);
rt = rtnl_dereference(platform_label[index]);
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 20:03:27 +07:00
rcu_assign_pointer(platform_label[index], new);
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:10:47 +07:00
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 20:03:27 +07:00
mpls_notify_route(net, index, rt, new, info);
mpls: Multicast route table change notifications Unlike IPv4 this code notifies on all cases where mpls routes are added or removed and it never automatically removes routes. Avoiding both the userspace confusion that is caused by omitting route updates and the possibility of a flood of netlink traffic when an interface goes doew. For now reserved labels are handled automatically and userspace is not notified. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:14:31 +07:00
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:10:47 +07:00
/* If we removed a route free it now */
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 20:03:27 +07:00
mpls_rt_free(rt);
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:10:47 +07:00
}
mpls: Basic support for adding and removing routes mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del implement the basic logic for adding and removing Next Hop Label Forwarding Entries from the MPLS input label map. The addition and subtraction is done in a way that is consistent with how the existing routing table in Linux are maintained. Thus all of the work to deal with NLM_F_APPEND, NLM_F_EXCL, NLM_F_REPLACE, and NLM_F_CREATE. Cases that are not clearly defined such as changing the interpretation of the mpls reserved labels is not allowed. Because it seems like the right thing to do adding an MPLS route without specifying an input label and allowing the kernel to pick a free label table entry is supported. The implementation is currently less than optimal but that can be changed. As I don't have anything else to test with only ethernet and the loopback device are the only two device types currently supported for forwarding MPLS over. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:12:40 +07:00
static unsigned find_free_label(struct net *net)
{
mpls: Cleanup the rcu usage in the code. Sparse was generating a lot of warnings mostly from missing annotations in the code. Add missing annotations and in a few cases tweak the code for performance by moving work before loops. This also fixes a problematic ommision of rcu_assign_pointer and rcu_dereference. Hopefully with complete rcu annotations any new rcu errors will stick out like a sore thumb. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-08 05:21:56 +07:00
struct mpls_route __rcu **platform_label;
size_t platform_labels;
mpls: Basic support for adding and removing routes mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del implement the basic logic for adding and removing Next Hop Label Forwarding Entries from the MPLS input label map. The addition and subtraction is done in a way that is consistent with how the existing routing table in Linux are maintained. Thus all of the work to deal with NLM_F_APPEND, NLM_F_EXCL, NLM_F_REPLACE, and NLM_F_CREATE. Cases that are not clearly defined such as changing the interpretation of the mpls reserved labels is not allowed. Because it seems like the right thing to do adding an MPLS route without specifying an input label and allowing the kernel to pick a free label table entry is supported. The implementation is currently less than optimal but that can be changed. As I don't have anything else to test with only ethernet and the loopback device are the only two device types currently supported for forwarding MPLS over. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:12:40 +07:00
unsigned index;
mpls: Cleanup the rcu usage in the code. Sparse was generating a lot of warnings mostly from missing annotations in the code. Add missing annotations and in a few cases tweak the code for performance by moving work before loops. This also fixes a problematic ommision of rcu_assign_pointer and rcu_dereference. Hopefully with complete rcu annotations any new rcu errors will stick out like a sore thumb. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-08 05:21:56 +07:00
platform_label = rtnl_dereference(net->mpls.platform_label);
platform_labels = net->mpls.platform_labels;
mpls: Use definition for reserved label checks In multiple locations there are checks for whether the label in hand is a reserved label or not using the arbritray value of 16. Factor this out into a #define for better maintainability and for documentation. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-03 23:50:04 +07:00
for (index = MPLS_LABEL_FIRST_UNRESERVED; index < platform_labels;
index++) {
mpls: Cleanup the rcu usage in the code. Sparse was generating a lot of warnings mostly from missing annotations in the code. Add missing annotations and in a few cases tweak the code for performance by moving work before loops. This also fixes a problematic ommision of rcu_assign_pointer and rcu_dereference. Hopefully with complete rcu annotations any new rcu errors will stick out like a sore thumb. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-08 05:21:56 +07:00
if (!rtnl_dereference(platform_label[index]))
mpls: Basic support for adding and removing routes mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del implement the basic logic for adding and removing Next Hop Label Forwarding Entries from the MPLS input label map. The addition and subtraction is done in a way that is consistent with how the existing routing table in Linux are maintained. Thus all of the work to deal with NLM_F_APPEND, NLM_F_EXCL, NLM_F_REPLACE, and NLM_F_CREATE. Cases that are not clearly defined such as changing the interpretation of the mpls reserved labels is not allowed. Because it seems like the right thing to do adding an MPLS route without specifying an input label and allowing the kernel to pick a free label table entry is supported. The implementation is currently less than optimal but that can be changed. As I don't have anything else to test with only ethernet and the loopback device are the only two device types currently supported for forwarding MPLS over. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:12:40 +07:00
return index;
}
return LABEL_NOT_SPECIFIED;
}
af_mpls: fix undefined reference to ip6_route_output Undefined reference to ip6_route_output and ip_route_output was reported with CONFIG_INET=n and CONFIG_IPV6=n. This patch uses ipv6_stub_impl.ipv6_dst_lookup instead of ip6_route_output. And wraps affected code under IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_INET) and IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IPV6). Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com> Reported-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-31 03:34:54 +07:00
#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_INET)
mpls: reduce memory usage of routes Nexthops for MPLS routes have a via address field sized for the largest via address that is expected, which is 32 bytes. This means that in the most common case of having ipv4 via addresses, 28 bytes of memory more than required are used per nexthop. In the other common case of an ipv6 nexthop then 16 bytes more than required are used. With large numbers of MPLS routes this extra memory usage could start to become significant. To avoid allocating memory for a maximum length via address when not all of it is required and to allow for ease of iterating over nexthops, then the via addresses are changed to be stored in the same memory block as the route and nexthops, but in an array after the end of the array of nexthops. New accessors are provided to retrieve a pointer to the via address. To allow for O(1) access without having to store a pointer or offset per nh, the via address for each nexthop is sized according to the maximum via address for any nexthop in the route, which is stored in a new route field, rt_max_alen, but this is in an existing hole in struct mpls_route so it doesn't increase the size of the structure. Each via address is ensured to be aligned to VIA_ALEN_ALIGN to account for architectures that don't allow unaligned accesses. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-27 07:37:36 +07:00
static struct net_device *inet_fib_lookup_dev(struct net *net,
const void *addr)
mpls: make RTA_OIF optional If user did not specify an oif, try and get it from the via address. If failed to get device, return with -ENODEV. Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-21 23:16:24 +07:00
{
mpls: small cleanup in inet/inet6_fib_lookup_dev() We recently changed this code from returning NULL to returning ERR_PTR. There are some left over NULL assignments which we can remove. We can preserve the error code from ip_route_output() instead of always returning -ENODEV. Also these functions use a mix of gotos and direct returns. There is no cleanup necessary so I changed the gotos to direct returns. Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-04 14:44:22 +07:00
struct net_device *dev;
mpls: make RTA_OIF optional If user did not specify an oif, try and get it from the via address. If failed to get device, return with -ENODEV. Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-21 23:16:24 +07:00
struct rtable *rt;
struct in_addr daddr;
memcpy(&daddr, addr, sizeof(struct in_addr));
rt = ip_route_output(net, daddr.s_addr, 0, 0, 0);
if (IS_ERR(rt))
mpls: small cleanup in inet/inet6_fib_lookup_dev() We recently changed this code from returning NULL to returning ERR_PTR. There are some left over NULL assignments which we can remove. We can preserve the error code from ip_route_output() instead of always returning -ENODEV. Also these functions use a mix of gotos and direct returns. There is no cleanup necessary so I changed the gotos to direct returns. Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-04 14:44:22 +07:00
return ERR_CAST(rt);
mpls: make RTA_OIF optional If user did not specify an oif, try and get it from the via address. If failed to get device, return with -ENODEV. Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-21 23:16:24 +07:00
dev = rt->dst.dev;
dev_hold(dev);
ip_rt_put(rt);
return dev;
af_mpls: fix undefined reference to ip6_route_output Undefined reference to ip6_route_output and ip_route_output was reported with CONFIG_INET=n and CONFIG_IPV6=n. This patch uses ipv6_stub_impl.ipv6_dst_lookup instead of ip6_route_output. And wraps affected code under IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_INET) and IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IPV6). Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com> Reported-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-31 03:34:54 +07:00
}
#else
mpls: reduce memory usage of routes Nexthops for MPLS routes have a via address field sized for the largest via address that is expected, which is 32 bytes. This means that in the most common case of having ipv4 via addresses, 28 bytes of memory more than required are used per nexthop. In the other common case of an ipv6 nexthop then 16 bytes more than required are used. With large numbers of MPLS routes this extra memory usage could start to become significant. To avoid allocating memory for a maximum length via address when not all of it is required and to allow for ease of iterating over nexthops, then the via addresses are changed to be stored in the same memory block as the route and nexthops, but in an array after the end of the array of nexthops. New accessors are provided to retrieve a pointer to the via address. To allow for O(1) access without having to store a pointer or offset per nh, the via address for each nexthop is sized according to the maximum via address for any nexthop in the route, which is stored in a new route field, rt_max_alen, but this is in an existing hole in struct mpls_route so it doesn't increase the size of the structure. Each via address is ensured to be aligned to VIA_ALEN_ALIGN to account for architectures that don't allow unaligned accesses. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-27 07:37:36 +07:00
static struct net_device *inet_fib_lookup_dev(struct net *net,
const void *addr)
af_mpls: fix undefined reference to ip6_route_output Undefined reference to ip6_route_output and ip_route_output was reported with CONFIG_INET=n and CONFIG_IPV6=n. This patch uses ipv6_stub_impl.ipv6_dst_lookup instead of ip6_route_output. And wraps affected code under IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_INET) and IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IPV6). Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com> Reported-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-31 03:34:54 +07:00
{
return ERR_PTR(-EAFNOSUPPORT);
mpls: make RTA_OIF optional If user did not specify an oif, try and get it from the via address. If failed to get device, return with -ENODEV. Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-21 23:16:24 +07:00
}
af_mpls: fix undefined reference to ip6_route_output Undefined reference to ip6_route_output and ip_route_output was reported with CONFIG_INET=n and CONFIG_IPV6=n. This patch uses ipv6_stub_impl.ipv6_dst_lookup instead of ip6_route_output. And wraps affected code under IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_INET) and IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IPV6). Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com> Reported-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-31 03:34:54 +07:00
#endif
mpls: make RTA_OIF optional If user did not specify an oif, try and get it from the via address. If failed to get device, return with -ENODEV. Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-21 23:16:24 +07:00
af_mpls: fix undefined reference to ip6_route_output Undefined reference to ip6_route_output and ip_route_output was reported with CONFIG_INET=n and CONFIG_IPV6=n. This patch uses ipv6_stub_impl.ipv6_dst_lookup instead of ip6_route_output. And wraps affected code under IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_INET) and IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IPV6). Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com> Reported-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-31 03:34:54 +07:00
#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IPV6)
mpls: reduce memory usage of routes Nexthops for MPLS routes have a via address field sized for the largest via address that is expected, which is 32 bytes. This means that in the most common case of having ipv4 via addresses, 28 bytes of memory more than required are used per nexthop. In the other common case of an ipv6 nexthop then 16 bytes more than required are used. With large numbers of MPLS routes this extra memory usage could start to become significant. To avoid allocating memory for a maximum length via address when not all of it is required and to allow for ease of iterating over nexthops, then the via addresses are changed to be stored in the same memory block as the route and nexthops, but in an array after the end of the array of nexthops. New accessors are provided to retrieve a pointer to the via address. To allow for O(1) access without having to store a pointer or offset per nh, the via address for each nexthop is sized according to the maximum via address for any nexthop in the route, which is stored in a new route field, rt_max_alen, but this is in an existing hole in struct mpls_route so it doesn't increase the size of the structure. Each via address is ensured to be aligned to VIA_ALEN_ALIGN to account for architectures that don't allow unaligned accesses. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-27 07:37:36 +07:00
static struct net_device *inet6_fib_lookup_dev(struct net *net,
const void *addr)
mpls: make RTA_OIF optional If user did not specify an oif, try and get it from the via address. If failed to get device, return with -ENODEV. Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-21 23:16:24 +07:00
{
mpls: small cleanup in inet/inet6_fib_lookup_dev() We recently changed this code from returning NULL to returning ERR_PTR. There are some left over NULL assignments which we can remove. We can preserve the error code from ip_route_output() instead of always returning -ENODEV. Also these functions use a mix of gotos and direct returns. There is no cleanup necessary so I changed the gotos to direct returns. Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-04 14:44:22 +07:00
struct net_device *dev;
mpls: make RTA_OIF optional If user did not specify an oif, try and get it from the via address. If failed to get device, return with -ENODEV. Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-21 23:16:24 +07:00
struct dst_entry *dst;
struct flowi6 fl6;
af_mpls: fix undefined reference to ip6_route_output Undefined reference to ip6_route_output and ip_route_output was reported with CONFIG_INET=n and CONFIG_IPV6=n. This patch uses ipv6_stub_impl.ipv6_dst_lookup instead of ip6_route_output. And wraps affected code under IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_INET) and IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IPV6). Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com> Reported-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-31 03:34:54 +07:00
int err;
if (!ipv6_stub)
return ERR_PTR(-EAFNOSUPPORT);
mpls: make RTA_OIF optional If user did not specify an oif, try and get it from the via address. If failed to get device, return with -ENODEV. Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-21 23:16:24 +07:00
memset(&fl6, 0, sizeof(fl6));
memcpy(&fl6.daddr, addr, sizeof(struct in6_addr));
af_mpls: fix undefined reference to ip6_route_output Undefined reference to ip6_route_output and ip_route_output was reported with CONFIG_INET=n and CONFIG_IPV6=n. This patch uses ipv6_stub_impl.ipv6_dst_lookup instead of ip6_route_output. And wraps affected code under IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_INET) and IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IPV6). Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com> Reported-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-31 03:34:54 +07:00
err = ipv6_stub->ipv6_dst_lookup(net, NULL, &dst, &fl6);
if (err)
mpls: small cleanup in inet/inet6_fib_lookup_dev() We recently changed this code from returning NULL to returning ERR_PTR. There are some left over NULL assignments which we can remove. We can preserve the error code from ip_route_output() instead of always returning -ENODEV. Also these functions use a mix of gotos and direct returns. There is no cleanup necessary so I changed the gotos to direct returns. Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-04 14:44:22 +07:00
return ERR_PTR(err);
mpls: make RTA_OIF optional If user did not specify an oif, try and get it from the via address. If failed to get device, return with -ENODEV. Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-21 23:16:24 +07:00
dev = dst->dev;
dev_hold(dev);
dst_release(dst);
return dev;
}
af_mpls: fix undefined reference to ip6_route_output Undefined reference to ip6_route_output and ip_route_output was reported with CONFIG_INET=n and CONFIG_IPV6=n. This patch uses ipv6_stub_impl.ipv6_dst_lookup instead of ip6_route_output. And wraps affected code under IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_INET) and IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IPV6). Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com> Reported-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-31 03:34:54 +07:00
#else
mpls: reduce memory usage of routes Nexthops for MPLS routes have a via address field sized for the largest via address that is expected, which is 32 bytes. This means that in the most common case of having ipv4 via addresses, 28 bytes of memory more than required are used per nexthop. In the other common case of an ipv6 nexthop then 16 bytes more than required are used. With large numbers of MPLS routes this extra memory usage could start to become significant. To avoid allocating memory for a maximum length via address when not all of it is required and to allow for ease of iterating over nexthops, then the via addresses are changed to be stored in the same memory block as the route and nexthops, but in an array after the end of the array of nexthops. New accessors are provided to retrieve a pointer to the via address. To allow for O(1) access without having to store a pointer or offset per nh, the via address for each nexthop is sized according to the maximum via address for any nexthop in the route, which is stored in a new route field, rt_max_alen, but this is in an existing hole in struct mpls_route so it doesn't increase the size of the structure. Each via address is ensured to be aligned to VIA_ALEN_ALIGN to account for architectures that don't allow unaligned accesses. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-27 07:37:36 +07:00
static struct net_device *inet6_fib_lookup_dev(struct net *net,
const void *addr)
af_mpls: fix undefined reference to ip6_route_output Undefined reference to ip6_route_output and ip_route_output was reported with CONFIG_INET=n and CONFIG_IPV6=n. This patch uses ipv6_stub_impl.ipv6_dst_lookup instead of ip6_route_output. And wraps affected code under IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_INET) and IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IPV6). Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com> Reported-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-31 03:34:54 +07:00
{
return ERR_PTR(-EAFNOSUPPORT);
}
#endif
mpls: make RTA_OIF optional If user did not specify an oif, try and get it from the via address. If failed to get device, return with -ENODEV. Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-21 23:16:24 +07:00
static struct net_device *find_outdev(struct net *net,
mpls: reduce memory usage of routes Nexthops for MPLS routes have a via address field sized for the largest via address that is expected, which is 32 bytes. This means that in the most common case of having ipv4 via addresses, 28 bytes of memory more than required are used per nexthop. In the other common case of an ipv6 nexthop then 16 bytes more than required are used. With large numbers of MPLS routes this extra memory usage could start to become significant. To avoid allocating memory for a maximum length via address when not all of it is required and to allow for ease of iterating over nexthops, then the via addresses are changed to be stored in the same memory block as the route and nexthops, but in an array after the end of the array of nexthops. New accessors are provided to retrieve a pointer to the via address. To allow for O(1) access without having to store a pointer or offset per nh, the via address for each nexthop is sized according to the maximum via address for any nexthop in the route, which is stored in a new route field, rt_max_alen, but this is in an existing hole in struct mpls_route so it doesn't increase the size of the structure. Each via address is ensured to be aligned to VIA_ALEN_ALIGN to account for architectures that don't allow unaligned accesses. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-27 07:37:36 +07:00
struct mpls_route *rt,
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 20:03:27 +07:00
struct mpls_nh *nh, int oif)
mpls: make RTA_OIF optional If user did not specify an oif, try and get it from the via address. If failed to get device, return with -ENODEV. Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-21 23:16:24 +07:00
{
struct net_device *dev = NULL;
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 20:03:27 +07:00
if (!oif) {
switch (nh->nh_via_table) {
mpls: make RTA_OIF optional If user did not specify an oif, try and get it from the via address. If failed to get device, return with -ENODEV. Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-21 23:16:24 +07:00
case NEIGH_ARP_TABLE:
mpls: reduce memory usage of routes Nexthops for MPLS routes have a via address field sized for the largest via address that is expected, which is 32 bytes. This means that in the most common case of having ipv4 via addresses, 28 bytes of memory more than required are used per nexthop. In the other common case of an ipv6 nexthop then 16 bytes more than required are used. With large numbers of MPLS routes this extra memory usage could start to become significant. To avoid allocating memory for a maximum length via address when not all of it is required and to allow for ease of iterating over nexthops, then the via addresses are changed to be stored in the same memory block as the route and nexthops, but in an array after the end of the array of nexthops. New accessors are provided to retrieve a pointer to the via address. To allow for O(1) access without having to store a pointer or offset per nh, the via address for each nexthop is sized according to the maximum via address for any nexthop in the route, which is stored in a new route field, rt_max_alen, but this is in an existing hole in struct mpls_route so it doesn't increase the size of the structure. Each via address is ensured to be aligned to VIA_ALEN_ALIGN to account for architectures that don't allow unaligned accesses. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-27 07:37:36 +07:00
dev = inet_fib_lookup_dev(net, mpls_nh_via(rt, nh));
mpls: make RTA_OIF optional If user did not specify an oif, try and get it from the via address. If failed to get device, return with -ENODEV. Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-21 23:16:24 +07:00
break;
case NEIGH_ND_TABLE:
mpls: reduce memory usage of routes Nexthops for MPLS routes have a via address field sized for the largest via address that is expected, which is 32 bytes. This means that in the most common case of having ipv4 via addresses, 28 bytes of memory more than required are used per nexthop. In the other common case of an ipv6 nexthop then 16 bytes more than required are used. With large numbers of MPLS routes this extra memory usage could start to become significant. To avoid allocating memory for a maximum length via address when not all of it is required and to allow for ease of iterating over nexthops, then the via addresses are changed to be stored in the same memory block as the route and nexthops, but in an array after the end of the array of nexthops. New accessors are provided to retrieve a pointer to the via address. To allow for O(1) access without having to store a pointer or offset per nh, the via address for each nexthop is sized according to the maximum via address for any nexthop in the route, which is stored in a new route field, rt_max_alen, but this is in an existing hole in struct mpls_route so it doesn't increase the size of the structure. Each via address is ensured to be aligned to VIA_ALEN_ALIGN to account for architectures that don't allow unaligned accesses. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-27 07:37:36 +07:00
dev = inet6_fib_lookup_dev(net, mpls_nh_via(rt, nh));
mpls: make RTA_OIF optional If user did not specify an oif, try and get it from the via address. If failed to get device, return with -ENODEV. Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-21 23:16:24 +07:00
break;
case NEIGH_LINK_TABLE:
break;
}
} else {
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 20:03:27 +07:00
dev = dev_get_by_index(net, oif);
mpls: make RTA_OIF optional If user did not specify an oif, try and get it from the via address. If failed to get device, return with -ENODEV. Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-21 23:16:24 +07:00
}
af_mpls: add null dev check in find_outdev This patch adds null dev check for the 'cfg->rc_via_table == NEIGH_LINK_TABLE or dev_get_by_index() failed' case Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-04 20:36:24 +07:00
if (!dev)
return ERR_PTR(-ENODEV);
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 20:03:27 +07:00
/* The caller is holding rtnl anyways, so release the dev reference */
dev_put(dev);
mpls: make RTA_OIF optional If user did not specify an oif, try and get it from the via address. If failed to get device, return with -ENODEV. Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-21 23:16:24 +07:00
return dev;
}
mpls: reduce memory usage of routes Nexthops for MPLS routes have a via address field sized for the largest via address that is expected, which is 32 bytes. This means that in the most common case of having ipv4 via addresses, 28 bytes of memory more than required are used per nexthop. In the other common case of an ipv6 nexthop then 16 bytes more than required are used. With large numbers of MPLS routes this extra memory usage could start to become significant. To avoid allocating memory for a maximum length via address when not all of it is required and to allow for ease of iterating over nexthops, then the via addresses are changed to be stored in the same memory block as the route and nexthops, but in an array after the end of the array of nexthops. New accessors are provided to retrieve a pointer to the via address. To allow for O(1) access without having to store a pointer or offset per nh, the via address for each nexthop is sized according to the maximum via address for any nexthop in the route, which is stored in a new route field, rt_max_alen, but this is in an existing hole in struct mpls_route so it doesn't increase the size of the structure. Each via address is ensured to be aligned to VIA_ALEN_ALIGN to account for architectures that don't allow unaligned accesses. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-27 07:37:36 +07:00
static int mpls_nh_assign_dev(struct net *net, struct mpls_route *rt,
struct mpls_nh *nh, int oif)
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 20:03:27 +07:00
{
struct net_device *dev = NULL;
int err = -ENODEV;
mpls: reduce memory usage of routes Nexthops for MPLS routes have a via address field sized for the largest via address that is expected, which is 32 bytes. This means that in the most common case of having ipv4 via addresses, 28 bytes of memory more than required are used per nexthop. In the other common case of an ipv6 nexthop then 16 bytes more than required are used. With large numbers of MPLS routes this extra memory usage could start to become significant. To avoid allocating memory for a maximum length via address when not all of it is required and to allow for ease of iterating over nexthops, then the via addresses are changed to be stored in the same memory block as the route and nexthops, but in an array after the end of the array of nexthops. New accessors are provided to retrieve a pointer to the via address. To allow for O(1) access without having to store a pointer or offset per nh, the via address for each nexthop is sized according to the maximum via address for any nexthop in the route, which is stored in a new route field, rt_max_alen, but this is in an existing hole in struct mpls_route so it doesn't increase the size of the structure. Each via address is ensured to be aligned to VIA_ALEN_ALIGN to account for architectures that don't allow unaligned accesses. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-27 07:37:36 +07:00
dev = find_outdev(net, rt, nh, oif);
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 20:03:27 +07:00
if (IS_ERR(dev)) {
err = PTR_ERR(dev);
dev = NULL;
goto errout;
}
/* Ensure this is a supported device */
err = -EINVAL;
if (!mpls_dev_get(dev))
goto errout;
RCU_INIT_POINTER(nh->nh_dev, dev);
return 0;
errout:
return err;
}
static int mpls_nh_build_from_cfg(struct mpls_route_config *cfg,
struct mpls_route *rt)
{
struct net *net = cfg->rc_nlinfo.nl_net;
struct mpls_nh *nh = rt->rt_nh;
int err;
int i;
if (!nh)
return -ENOMEM;
err = -EINVAL;
/* Ensure only a supported number of labels are present */
if (cfg->rc_output_labels > MAX_NEW_LABELS)
goto errout;
nh->nh_labels = cfg->rc_output_labels;
for (i = 0; i < nh->nh_labels; i++)
nh->nh_label[i] = cfg->rc_output_label[i];
nh->nh_via_table = cfg->rc_via_table;
mpls: reduce memory usage of routes Nexthops for MPLS routes have a via address field sized for the largest via address that is expected, which is 32 bytes. This means that in the most common case of having ipv4 via addresses, 28 bytes of memory more than required are used per nexthop. In the other common case of an ipv6 nexthop then 16 bytes more than required are used. With large numbers of MPLS routes this extra memory usage could start to become significant. To avoid allocating memory for a maximum length via address when not all of it is required and to allow for ease of iterating over nexthops, then the via addresses are changed to be stored in the same memory block as the route and nexthops, but in an array after the end of the array of nexthops. New accessors are provided to retrieve a pointer to the via address. To allow for O(1) access without having to store a pointer or offset per nh, the via address for each nexthop is sized according to the maximum via address for any nexthop in the route, which is stored in a new route field, rt_max_alen, but this is in an existing hole in struct mpls_route so it doesn't increase the size of the structure. Each via address is ensured to be aligned to VIA_ALEN_ALIGN to account for architectures that don't allow unaligned accesses. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-27 07:37:36 +07:00
memcpy(__mpls_nh_via(rt, nh), cfg->rc_via, cfg->rc_via_alen);
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 20:03:27 +07:00
nh->nh_via_alen = cfg->rc_via_alen;
mpls: reduce memory usage of routes Nexthops for MPLS routes have a via address field sized for the largest via address that is expected, which is 32 bytes. This means that in the most common case of having ipv4 via addresses, 28 bytes of memory more than required are used per nexthop. In the other common case of an ipv6 nexthop then 16 bytes more than required are used. With large numbers of MPLS routes this extra memory usage could start to become significant. To avoid allocating memory for a maximum length via address when not all of it is required and to allow for ease of iterating over nexthops, then the via addresses are changed to be stored in the same memory block as the route and nexthops, but in an array after the end of the array of nexthops. New accessors are provided to retrieve a pointer to the via address. To allow for O(1) access without having to store a pointer or offset per nh, the via address for each nexthop is sized according to the maximum via address for any nexthop in the route, which is stored in a new route field, rt_max_alen, but this is in an existing hole in struct mpls_route so it doesn't increase the size of the structure. Each via address is ensured to be aligned to VIA_ALEN_ALIGN to account for architectures that don't allow unaligned accesses. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-27 07:37:36 +07:00
err = mpls_nh_assign_dev(net, rt, nh, cfg->rc_ifindex);
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 20:03:27 +07:00
if (err)
goto errout;
return 0;
errout:
return err;
}
mpls: reduce memory usage of routes Nexthops for MPLS routes have a via address field sized for the largest via address that is expected, which is 32 bytes. This means that in the most common case of having ipv4 via addresses, 28 bytes of memory more than required are used per nexthop. In the other common case of an ipv6 nexthop then 16 bytes more than required are used. With large numbers of MPLS routes this extra memory usage could start to become significant. To avoid allocating memory for a maximum length via address when not all of it is required and to allow for ease of iterating over nexthops, then the via addresses are changed to be stored in the same memory block as the route and nexthops, but in an array after the end of the array of nexthops. New accessors are provided to retrieve a pointer to the via address. To allow for O(1) access without having to store a pointer or offset per nh, the via address for each nexthop is sized according to the maximum via address for any nexthop in the route, which is stored in a new route field, rt_max_alen, but this is in an existing hole in struct mpls_route so it doesn't increase the size of the structure. Each via address is ensured to be aligned to VIA_ALEN_ALIGN to account for architectures that don't allow unaligned accesses. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-27 07:37:36 +07:00
static int mpls_nh_build(struct net *net, struct mpls_route *rt,
struct mpls_nh *nh, int oif,
struct nlattr *via, struct nlattr *newdst)
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 20:03:27 +07:00
{
int err = -ENOMEM;
if (!nh)
goto errout;
if (newdst) {
err = nla_get_labels(newdst, MAX_NEW_LABELS,
&nh->nh_labels, nh->nh_label);
if (err)
goto errout;
}
err = nla_get_via(via, &nh->nh_via_alen, &nh->nh_via_table,
mpls: reduce memory usage of routes Nexthops for MPLS routes have a via address field sized for the largest via address that is expected, which is 32 bytes. This means that in the most common case of having ipv4 via addresses, 28 bytes of memory more than required are used per nexthop. In the other common case of an ipv6 nexthop then 16 bytes more than required are used. With large numbers of MPLS routes this extra memory usage could start to become significant. To avoid allocating memory for a maximum length via address when not all of it is required and to allow for ease of iterating over nexthops, then the via addresses are changed to be stored in the same memory block as the route and nexthops, but in an array after the end of the array of nexthops. New accessors are provided to retrieve a pointer to the via address. To allow for O(1) access without having to store a pointer or offset per nh, the via address for each nexthop is sized according to the maximum via address for any nexthop in the route, which is stored in a new route field, rt_max_alen, but this is in an existing hole in struct mpls_route so it doesn't increase the size of the structure. Each via address is ensured to be aligned to VIA_ALEN_ALIGN to account for architectures that don't allow unaligned accesses. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-27 07:37:36 +07:00
__mpls_nh_via(rt, nh));
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 20:03:27 +07:00
if (err)
goto errout;
mpls: reduce memory usage of routes Nexthops for MPLS routes have a via address field sized for the largest via address that is expected, which is 32 bytes. This means that in the most common case of having ipv4 via addresses, 28 bytes of memory more than required are used per nexthop. In the other common case of an ipv6 nexthop then 16 bytes more than required are used. With large numbers of MPLS routes this extra memory usage could start to become significant. To avoid allocating memory for a maximum length via address when not all of it is required and to allow for ease of iterating over nexthops, then the via addresses are changed to be stored in the same memory block as the route and nexthops, but in an array after the end of the array of nexthops. New accessors are provided to retrieve a pointer to the via address. To allow for O(1) access without having to store a pointer or offset per nh, the via address for each nexthop is sized according to the maximum via address for any nexthop in the route, which is stored in a new route field, rt_max_alen, but this is in an existing hole in struct mpls_route so it doesn't increase the size of the structure. Each via address is ensured to be aligned to VIA_ALEN_ALIGN to account for architectures that don't allow unaligned accesses. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-27 07:37:36 +07:00
err = mpls_nh_assign_dev(net, rt, nh, oif);
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 20:03:27 +07:00
if (err)
goto errout;
return 0;
errout:
return err;
}
mpls: reduce memory usage of routes Nexthops for MPLS routes have a via address field sized for the largest via address that is expected, which is 32 bytes. This means that in the most common case of having ipv4 via addresses, 28 bytes of memory more than required are used per nexthop. In the other common case of an ipv6 nexthop then 16 bytes more than required are used. With large numbers of MPLS routes this extra memory usage could start to become significant. To avoid allocating memory for a maximum length via address when not all of it is required and to allow for ease of iterating over nexthops, then the via addresses are changed to be stored in the same memory block as the route and nexthops, but in an array after the end of the array of nexthops. New accessors are provided to retrieve a pointer to the via address. To allow for O(1) access without having to store a pointer or offset per nh, the via address for each nexthop is sized according to the maximum via address for any nexthop in the route, which is stored in a new route field, rt_max_alen, but this is in an existing hole in struct mpls_route so it doesn't increase the size of the structure. Each via address is ensured to be aligned to VIA_ALEN_ALIGN to account for architectures that don't allow unaligned accesses. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-27 07:37:36 +07:00
static int mpls_count_nexthops(struct rtnexthop *rtnh, int len,
u8 cfg_via_alen, u8 *max_via_alen)
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 20:03:27 +07:00
{
int nhs = 0;
int remaining = len;
mpls: reduce memory usage of routes Nexthops for MPLS routes have a via address field sized for the largest via address that is expected, which is 32 bytes. This means that in the most common case of having ipv4 via addresses, 28 bytes of memory more than required are used per nexthop. In the other common case of an ipv6 nexthop then 16 bytes more than required are used. With large numbers of MPLS routes this extra memory usage could start to become significant. To avoid allocating memory for a maximum length via address when not all of it is required and to allow for ease of iterating over nexthops, then the via addresses are changed to be stored in the same memory block as the route and nexthops, but in an array after the end of the array of nexthops. New accessors are provided to retrieve a pointer to the via address. To allow for O(1) access without having to store a pointer or offset per nh, the via address for each nexthop is sized according to the maximum via address for any nexthop in the route, which is stored in a new route field, rt_max_alen, but this is in an existing hole in struct mpls_route so it doesn't increase the size of the structure. Each via address is ensured to be aligned to VIA_ALEN_ALIGN to account for architectures that don't allow unaligned accesses. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-27 07:37:36 +07:00
if (!rtnh) {
*max_via_alen = cfg_via_alen;
return 1;
}
*max_via_alen = 0;
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 20:03:27 +07:00
while (rtnh_ok(rtnh, remaining)) {
mpls: reduce memory usage of routes Nexthops for MPLS routes have a via address field sized for the largest via address that is expected, which is 32 bytes. This means that in the most common case of having ipv4 via addresses, 28 bytes of memory more than required are used per nexthop. In the other common case of an ipv6 nexthop then 16 bytes more than required are used. With large numbers of MPLS routes this extra memory usage could start to become significant. To avoid allocating memory for a maximum length via address when not all of it is required and to allow for ease of iterating over nexthops, then the via addresses are changed to be stored in the same memory block as the route and nexthops, but in an array after the end of the array of nexthops. New accessors are provided to retrieve a pointer to the via address. To allow for O(1) access without having to store a pointer or offset per nh, the via address for each nexthop is sized according to the maximum via address for any nexthop in the route, which is stored in a new route field, rt_max_alen, but this is in an existing hole in struct mpls_route so it doesn't increase the size of the structure. Each via address is ensured to be aligned to VIA_ALEN_ALIGN to account for architectures that don't allow unaligned accesses. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-27 07:37:36 +07:00
struct nlattr *nla, *attrs = rtnh_attrs(rtnh);
int attrlen;
attrlen = rtnh_attrlen(rtnh);
nla = nla_find(attrs, attrlen, RTA_VIA);
if (nla && nla_len(nla) >=
offsetof(struct rtvia, rtvia_addr)) {
int via_alen = nla_len(nla) -
offsetof(struct rtvia, rtvia_addr);
if (via_alen <= MAX_VIA_ALEN)
*max_via_alen = max_t(u16, *max_via_alen,
via_alen);
}
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 20:03:27 +07:00
nhs++;
rtnh = rtnh_next(rtnh, &remaining);
}
/* leftover implies invalid nexthop configuration, discard it */
return remaining > 0 ? 0 : nhs;
}
static int mpls_nh_build_multi(struct mpls_route_config *cfg,
struct mpls_route *rt)
{
struct rtnexthop *rtnh = cfg->rc_mp;
struct nlattr *nla_via, *nla_newdst;
int remaining = cfg->rc_mp_len;
int nhs = 0;
int err = 0;
change_nexthops(rt) {
int attrlen;
nla_via = NULL;
nla_newdst = NULL;
err = -EINVAL;
if (!rtnh_ok(rtnh, remaining))
goto errout;
mpls: flow-based multipath selection Change the selection of a multipath route to use a flow-based hash. This more suitable for traffic sensitive to reordering within a flow (e.g. TCP, L2VPN) and whilst still allowing a good distribution of traffic given enough flows. Selection of the path for a multipath route is done using a hash of: 1. Label stack up to MAX_MP_SELECT_LABELS labels or up to and including entropy label, whichever is first. 2. 3-tuple of (L3 src, L3 dst, proto) from IPv4/IPv6 header in MPLS payload, if present. Naturally, a 5-tuple hash using L4 information in addition would be possible and be better in some scenarios, but there is a tradeoff between looking deeper into the packet to achieve good distribution, and packet forwarding performance, and I have erred on the side of the latter as the default. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 20:03:28 +07:00
/* neither weighted multipath nor any flags
* are supported
*/
if (rtnh->rtnh_hops || rtnh->rtnh_flags)
goto errout;
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 20:03:27 +07:00
attrlen = rtnh_attrlen(rtnh);
if (attrlen > 0) {
struct nlattr *attrs = rtnh_attrs(rtnh);
nla_via = nla_find(attrs, attrlen, RTA_VIA);
nla_newdst = nla_find(attrs, attrlen, RTA_NEWDST);
}
if (!nla_via)
goto errout;
mpls: reduce memory usage of routes Nexthops for MPLS routes have a via address field sized for the largest via address that is expected, which is 32 bytes. This means that in the most common case of having ipv4 via addresses, 28 bytes of memory more than required are used per nexthop. In the other common case of an ipv6 nexthop then 16 bytes more than required are used. With large numbers of MPLS routes this extra memory usage could start to become significant. To avoid allocating memory for a maximum length via address when not all of it is required and to allow for ease of iterating over nexthops, then the via addresses are changed to be stored in the same memory block as the route and nexthops, but in an array after the end of the array of nexthops. New accessors are provided to retrieve a pointer to the via address. To allow for O(1) access without having to store a pointer or offset per nh, the via address for each nexthop is sized according to the maximum via address for any nexthop in the route, which is stored in a new route field, rt_max_alen, but this is in an existing hole in struct mpls_route so it doesn't increase the size of the structure. Each via address is ensured to be aligned to VIA_ALEN_ALIGN to account for architectures that don't allow unaligned accesses. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-27 07:37:36 +07:00
err = mpls_nh_build(cfg->rc_nlinfo.nl_net, rt, nh,
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 20:03:27 +07:00
rtnh->rtnh_ifindex, nla_via,
nla_newdst);
if (err)
goto errout;
rtnh = rtnh_next(rtnh, &remaining);
nhs++;
} endfor_nexthops(rt);
rt->rt_nhn = nhs;
return 0;
errout:
return err;
}
mpls: Basic support for adding and removing routes mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del implement the basic logic for adding and removing Next Hop Label Forwarding Entries from the MPLS input label map. The addition and subtraction is done in a way that is consistent with how the existing routing table in Linux are maintained. Thus all of the work to deal with NLM_F_APPEND, NLM_F_EXCL, NLM_F_REPLACE, and NLM_F_CREATE. Cases that are not clearly defined such as changing the interpretation of the mpls reserved labels is not allowed. Because it seems like the right thing to do adding an MPLS route without specifying an input label and allowing the kernel to pick a free label table entry is supported. The implementation is currently less than optimal but that can be changed. As I don't have anything else to test with only ethernet and the loopback device are the only two device types currently supported for forwarding MPLS over. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:12:40 +07:00
static int mpls_route_add(struct mpls_route_config *cfg)
{
mpls: Cleanup the rcu usage in the code. Sparse was generating a lot of warnings mostly from missing annotations in the code. Add missing annotations and in a few cases tweak the code for performance by moving work before loops. This also fixes a problematic ommision of rcu_assign_pointer and rcu_dereference. Hopefully with complete rcu annotations any new rcu errors will stick out like a sore thumb. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-08 05:21:56 +07:00
struct mpls_route __rcu **platform_label;
mpls: Basic support for adding and removing routes mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del implement the basic logic for adding and removing Next Hop Label Forwarding Entries from the MPLS input label map. The addition and subtraction is done in a way that is consistent with how the existing routing table in Linux are maintained. Thus all of the work to deal with NLM_F_APPEND, NLM_F_EXCL, NLM_F_REPLACE, and NLM_F_CREATE. Cases that are not clearly defined such as changing the interpretation of the mpls reserved labels is not allowed. Because it seems like the right thing to do adding an MPLS route without specifying an input label and allowing the kernel to pick a free label table entry is supported. The implementation is currently less than optimal but that can be changed. As I don't have anything else to test with only ethernet and the loopback device are the only two device types currently supported for forwarding MPLS over. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:12:40 +07:00
struct net *net = cfg->rc_nlinfo.nl_net;
struct mpls_route *rt, *old;
int err = -EINVAL;
mpls: reduce memory usage of routes Nexthops for MPLS routes have a via address field sized for the largest via address that is expected, which is 32 bytes. This means that in the most common case of having ipv4 via addresses, 28 bytes of memory more than required are used per nexthop. In the other common case of an ipv6 nexthop then 16 bytes more than required are used. With large numbers of MPLS routes this extra memory usage could start to become significant. To avoid allocating memory for a maximum length via address when not all of it is required and to allow for ease of iterating over nexthops, then the via addresses are changed to be stored in the same memory block as the route and nexthops, but in an array after the end of the array of nexthops. New accessors are provided to retrieve a pointer to the via address. To allow for O(1) access without having to store a pointer or offset per nh, the via address for each nexthop is sized according to the maximum via address for any nexthop in the route, which is stored in a new route field, rt_max_alen, but this is in an existing hole in struct mpls_route so it doesn't increase the size of the structure. Each via address is ensured to be aligned to VIA_ALEN_ALIGN to account for architectures that don't allow unaligned accesses. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-27 07:37:36 +07:00
u8 max_via_alen;
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 20:03:27 +07:00
unsigned index;
mpls: reduce memory usage of routes Nexthops for MPLS routes have a via address field sized for the largest via address that is expected, which is 32 bytes. This means that in the most common case of having ipv4 via addresses, 28 bytes of memory more than required are used per nexthop. In the other common case of an ipv6 nexthop then 16 bytes more than required are used. With large numbers of MPLS routes this extra memory usage could start to become significant. To avoid allocating memory for a maximum length via address when not all of it is required and to allow for ease of iterating over nexthops, then the via addresses are changed to be stored in the same memory block as the route and nexthops, but in an array after the end of the array of nexthops. New accessors are provided to retrieve a pointer to the via address. To allow for O(1) access without having to store a pointer or offset per nh, the via address for each nexthop is sized according to the maximum via address for any nexthop in the route, which is stored in a new route field, rt_max_alen, but this is in an existing hole in struct mpls_route so it doesn't increase the size of the structure. Each via address is ensured to be aligned to VIA_ALEN_ALIGN to account for architectures that don't allow unaligned accesses. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-27 07:37:36 +07:00
int nhs;
mpls: Basic support for adding and removing routes mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del implement the basic logic for adding and removing Next Hop Label Forwarding Entries from the MPLS input label map. The addition and subtraction is done in a way that is consistent with how the existing routing table in Linux are maintained. Thus all of the work to deal with NLM_F_APPEND, NLM_F_EXCL, NLM_F_REPLACE, and NLM_F_CREATE. Cases that are not clearly defined such as changing the interpretation of the mpls reserved labels is not allowed. Because it seems like the right thing to do adding an MPLS route without specifying an input label and allowing the kernel to pick a free label table entry is supported. The implementation is currently less than optimal but that can be changed. As I don't have anything else to test with only ethernet and the loopback device are the only two device types currently supported for forwarding MPLS over. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:12:40 +07:00
index = cfg->rc_label;
/* If a label was not specified during insert pick one */
if ((index == LABEL_NOT_SPECIFIED) &&
(cfg->rc_nlflags & NLM_F_CREATE)) {
index = find_free_label(net);
}
mpls: Use definition for reserved label checks In multiple locations there are checks for whether the label in hand is a reserved label or not using the arbritray value of 16. Factor this out into a #define for better maintainability and for documentation. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-03 23:50:04 +07:00
/* Reserved labels may not be set */
if (index < MPLS_LABEL_FIRST_UNRESERVED)
mpls: Basic support for adding and removing routes mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del implement the basic logic for adding and removing Next Hop Label Forwarding Entries from the MPLS input label map. The addition and subtraction is done in a way that is consistent with how the existing routing table in Linux are maintained. Thus all of the work to deal with NLM_F_APPEND, NLM_F_EXCL, NLM_F_REPLACE, and NLM_F_CREATE. Cases that are not clearly defined such as changing the interpretation of the mpls reserved labels is not allowed. Because it seems like the right thing to do adding an MPLS route without specifying an input label and allowing the kernel to pick a free label table entry is supported. The implementation is currently less than optimal but that can be changed. As I don't have anything else to test with only ethernet and the loopback device are the only two device types currently supported for forwarding MPLS over. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:12:40 +07:00
goto errout;
/* The full 20 bit range may not be supported. */
if (index >= net->mpls.platform_labels)
goto errout;
/* Append makes no sense with mpls */
mpls: Better error code for unsupported option. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-08 05:22:40 +07:00
err = -EOPNOTSUPP;
mpls: Basic support for adding and removing routes mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del implement the basic logic for adding and removing Next Hop Label Forwarding Entries from the MPLS input label map. The addition and subtraction is done in a way that is consistent with how the existing routing table in Linux are maintained. Thus all of the work to deal with NLM_F_APPEND, NLM_F_EXCL, NLM_F_REPLACE, and NLM_F_CREATE. Cases that are not clearly defined such as changing the interpretation of the mpls reserved labels is not allowed. Because it seems like the right thing to do adding an MPLS route without specifying an input label and allowing the kernel to pick a free label table entry is supported. The implementation is currently less than optimal but that can be changed. As I don't have anything else to test with only ethernet and the loopback device are the only two device types currently supported for forwarding MPLS over. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:12:40 +07:00
if (cfg->rc_nlflags & NLM_F_APPEND)
goto errout;
err = -EEXIST;
mpls: Cleanup the rcu usage in the code. Sparse was generating a lot of warnings mostly from missing annotations in the code. Add missing annotations and in a few cases tweak the code for performance by moving work before loops. This also fixes a problematic ommision of rcu_assign_pointer and rcu_dereference. Hopefully with complete rcu annotations any new rcu errors will stick out like a sore thumb. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-08 05:21:56 +07:00
platform_label = rtnl_dereference(net->mpls.platform_label);
old = rtnl_dereference(platform_label[index]);
mpls: Basic support for adding and removing routes mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del implement the basic logic for adding and removing Next Hop Label Forwarding Entries from the MPLS input label map. The addition and subtraction is done in a way that is consistent with how the existing routing table in Linux are maintained. Thus all of the work to deal with NLM_F_APPEND, NLM_F_EXCL, NLM_F_REPLACE, and NLM_F_CREATE. Cases that are not clearly defined such as changing the interpretation of the mpls reserved labels is not allowed. Because it seems like the right thing to do adding an MPLS route without specifying an input label and allowing the kernel to pick a free label table entry is supported. The implementation is currently less than optimal but that can be changed. As I don't have anything else to test with only ethernet and the loopback device are the only two device types currently supported for forwarding MPLS over. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:12:40 +07:00
if ((cfg->rc_nlflags & NLM_F_EXCL) && old)
goto errout;
err = -EEXIST;
if (!(cfg->rc_nlflags & NLM_F_REPLACE) && old)
goto errout;
err = -ENOENT;
if (!(cfg->rc_nlflags & NLM_F_CREATE) && !old)
goto errout;
mpls: reduce memory usage of routes Nexthops for MPLS routes have a via address field sized for the largest via address that is expected, which is 32 bytes. This means that in the most common case of having ipv4 via addresses, 28 bytes of memory more than required are used per nexthop. In the other common case of an ipv6 nexthop then 16 bytes more than required are used. With large numbers of MPLS routes this extra memory usage could start to become significant. To avoid allocating memory for a maximum length via address when not all of it is required and to allow for ease of iterating over nexthops, then the via addresses are changed to be stored in the same memory block as the route and nexthops, but in an array after the end of the array of nexthops. New accessors are provided to retrieve a pointer to the via address. To allow for O(1) access without having to store a pointer or offset per nh, the via address for each nexthop is sized according to the maximum via address for any nexthop in the route, which is stored in a new route field, rt_max_alen, but this is in an existing hole in struct mpls_route so it doesn't increase the size of the structure. Each via address is ensured to be aligned to VIA_ALEN_ALIGN to account for architectures that don't allow unaligned accesses. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-27 07:37:36 +07:00
err = -EINVAL;
nhs = mpls_count_nexthops(cfg->rc_mp, cfg->rc_mp_len,
cfg->rc_via_alen, &max_via_alen);
if (nhs == 0)
goto errout;
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 20:03:27 +07:00
mpls: Basic support for adding and removing routes mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del implement the basic logic for adding and removing Next Hop Label Forwarding Entries from the MPLS input label map. The addition and subtraction is done in a way that is consistent with how the existing routing table in Linux are maintained. Thus all of the work to deal with NLM_F_APPEND, NLM_F_EXCL, NLM_F_REPLACE, and NLM_F_CREATE. Cases that are not clearly defined such as changing the interpretation of the mpls reserved labels is not allowed. Because it seems like the right thing to do adding an MPLS route without specifying an input label and allowing the kernel to pick a free label table entry is supported. The implementation is currently less than optimal but that can be changed. As I don't have anything else to test with only ethernet and the loopback device are the only two device types currently supported for forwarding MPLS over. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:12:40 +07:00
err = -ENOMEM;
mpls: reduce memory usage of routes Nexthops for MPLS routes have a via address field sized for the largest via address that is expected, which is 32 bytes. This means that in the most common case of having ipv4 via addresses, 28 bytes of memory more than required are used per nexthop. In the other common case of an ipv6 nexthop then 16 bytes more than required are used. With large numbers of MPLS routes this extra memory usage could start to become significant. To avoid allocating memory for a maximum length via address when not all of it is required and to allow for ease of iterating over nexthops, then the via addresses are changed to be stored in the same memory block as the route and nexthops, but in an array after the end of the array of nexthops. New accessors are provided to retrieve a pointer to the via address. To allow for O(1) access without having to store a pointer or offset per nh, the via address for each nexthop is sized according to the maximum via address for any nexthop in the route, which is stored in a new route field, rt_max_alen, but this is in an existing hole in struct mpls_route so it doesn't increase the size of the structure. Each via address is ensured to be aligned to VIA_ALEN_ALIGN to account for architectures that don't allow unaligned accesses. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-27 07:37:36 +07:00
rt = mpls_rt_alloc(nhs, max_via_alen);
mpls: Basic support for adding and removing routes mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del implement the basic logic for adding and removing Next Hop Label Forwarding Entries from the MPLS input label map. The addition and subtraction is done in a way that is consistent with how the existing routing table in Linux are maintained. Thus all of the work to deal with NLM_F_APPEND, NLM_F_EXCL, NLM_F_REPLACE, and NLM_F_CREATE. Cases that are not clearly defined such as changing the interpretation of the mpls reserved labels is not allowed. Because it seems like the right thing to do adding an MPLS route without specifying an input label and allowing the kernel to pick a free label table entry is supported. The implementation is currently less than optimal but that can be changed. As I don't have anything else to test with only ethernet and the loopback device are the only two device types currently supported for forwarding MPLS over. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:12:40 +07:00
if (!rt)
goto errout;
rt->rt_protocol = cfg->rc_protocol;
mpls: Enforce payload type of traffic sent using explicit NULL RFC 4182 s2 states that if an IPv4 Explicit NULL label is the only label on the stack, then after popping the resulting packet must be treated as a IPv4 packet and forwarded based on the IPv4 header. The same is true for IPv6 Explicit NULL with an IPv6 packet following. Therefore, when installing the IPv4/IPv6 Explicit NULL label routes, add an attribute that specifies the expected payload type for use at forwarding time for determining the type of the encapsulated packet instead of inspecting the first nibble of the packet. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-06 17:04:56 +07:00
rt->rt_payload_type = cfg->rc_payload_type;
mpls: Basic support for adding and removing routes mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del implement the basic logic for adding and removing Next Hop Label Forwarding Entries from the MPLS input label map. The addition and subtraction is done in a way that is consistent with how the existing routing table in Linux are maintained. Thus all of the work to deal with NLM_F_APPEND, NLM_F_EXCL, NLM_F_REPLACE, and NLM_F_CREATE. Cases that are not clearly defined such as changing the interpretation of the mpls reserved labels is not allowed. Because it seems like the right thing to do adding an MPLS route without specifying an input label and allowing the kernel to pick a free label table entry is supported. The implementation is currently less than optimal but that can be changed. As I don't have anything else to test with only ethernet and the loopback device are the only two device types currently supported for forwarding MPLS over. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:12:40 +07:00
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 20:03:27 +07:00
if (cfg->rc_mp)
err = mpls_nh_build_multi(cfg, rt);
else
err = mpls_nh_build_from_cfg(cfg, rt);
if (err)
goto freert;
mpls_route_update(net, index, rt, &cfg->rc_nlinfo);
mpls: Basic support for adding and removing routes mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del implement the basic logic for adding and removing Next Hop Label Forwarding Entries from the MPLS input label map. The addition and subtraction is done in a way that is consistent with how the existing routing table in Linux are maintained. Thus all of the work to deal with NLM_F_APPEND, NLM_F_EXCL, NLM_F_REPLACE, and NLM_F_CREATE. Cases that are not clearly defined such as changing the interpretation of the mpls reserved labels is not allowed. Because it seems like the right thing to do adding an MPLS route without specifying an input label and allowing the kernel to pick a free label table entry is supported. The implementation is currently less than optimal but that can be changed. As I don't have anything else to test with only ethernet and the loopback device are the only two device types currently supported for forwarding MPLS over. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:12:40 +07:00
return 0;
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 20:03:27 +07:00
freert:
mpls_rt_free(rt);
mpls: Basic support for adding and removing routes mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del implement the basic logic for adding and removing Next Hop Label Forwarding Entries from the MPLS input label map. The addition and subtraction is done in a way that is consistent with how the existing routing table in Linux are maintained. Thus all of the work to deal with NLM_F_APPEND, NLM_F_EXCL, NLM_F_REPLACE, and NLM_F_CREATE. Cases that are not clearly defined such as changing the interpretation of the mpls reserved labels is not allowed. Because it seems like the right thing to do adding an MPLS route without specifying an input label and allowing the kernel to pick a free label table entry is supported. The implementation is currently less than optimal but that can be changed. As I don't have anything else to test with only ethernet and the loopback device are the only two device types currently supported for forwarding MPLS over. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:12:40 +07:00
errout:
return err;
}
static int mpls_route_del(struct mpls_route_config *cfg)
{
struct net *net = cfg->rc_nlinfo.nl_net;
unsigned index;
int err = -EINVAL;
index = cfg->rc_label;
mpls: Use definition for reserved label checks In multiple locations there are checks for whether the label in hand is a reserved label or not using the arbritray value of 16. Factor this out into a #define for better maintainability and for documentation. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-03 23:50:04 +07:00
/* Reserved labels may not be removed */
if (index < MPLS_LABEL_FIRST_UNRESERVED)
mpls: Basic support for adding and removing routes mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del implement the basic logic for adding and removing Next Hop Label Forwarding Entries from the MPLS input label map. The addition and subtraction is done in a way that is consistent with how the existing routing table in Linux are maintained. Thus all of the work to deal with NLM_F_APPEND, NLM_F_EXCL, NLM_F_REPLACE, and NLM_F_CREATE. Cases that are not clearly defined such as changing the interpretation of the mpls reserved labels is not allowed. Because it seems like the right thing to do adding an MPLS route without specifying an input label and allowing the kernel to pick a free label table entry is supported. The implementation is currently less than optimal but that can be changed. As I don't have anything else to test with only ethernet and the loopback device are the only two device types currently supported for forwarding MPLS over. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:12:40 +07:00
goto errout;
/* The full 20 bit range may not be supported */
if (index >= net->mpls.platform_labels)
goto errout;
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 20:03:27 +07:00
mpls_route_update(net, index, NULL, &cfg->rc_nlinfo);
mpls: Basic support for adding and removing routes mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del implement the basic logic for adding and removing Next Hop Label Forwarding Entries from the MPLS input label map. The addition and subtraction is done in a way that is consistent with how the existing routing table in Linux are maintained. Thus all of the work to deal with NLM_F_APPEND, NLM_F_EXCL, NLM_F_REPLACE, and NLM_F_CREATE. Cases that are not clearly defined such as changing the interpretation of the mpls reserved labels is not allowed. Because it seems like the right thing to do adding an MPLS route without specifying an input label and allowing the kernel to pick a free label table entry is supported. The implementation is currently less than optimal but that can be changed. As I don't have anything else to test with only ethernet and the loopback device are the only two device types currently supported for forwarding MPLS over. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:12:40 +07:00
err = 0;
errout:
return err;
}
mpls: Per-device enabling of packet input An MPLS network is a single trust domain where the edges must be in control of what labels make their way into the core. The simplest way of ensuring this is for the edge device to always impose the labels, and not allow forward labeled traffic from untrusted neighbours. This is achieved by allowing a per-device configuration of whether MPLS traffic input from that interface should be processed or not. To be secure by default, the default state is changed to MPLS being disabled on all interfaces unless explicitly enabled and no global option is provided to change the default. Whilst this differs from other protocols (e.g. IPv6), network operators are used to explicitly enabling MPLS forwarding on interfaces, and with the number of links to the MPLS core typically fairly low this doesn't present too much of a burden on operators. Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Reviewed-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-04-22 17:14:38 +07:00
#define MPLS_PERDEV_SYSCTL_OFFSET(field) \
(&((struct mpls_dev *)0)->field)
static const struct ctl_table mpls_dev_table[] = {
{
.procname = "input",
.maxlen = sizeof(int),
.mode = 0644,
.proc_handler = proc_dointvec,
.data = MPLS_PERDEV_SYSCTL_OFFSET(input_enabled),
},
{ }
};
static int mpls_dev_sysctl_register(struct net_device *dev,
struct mpls_dev *mdev)
{
char path[sizeof("net/mpls/conf/") + IFNAMSIZ];
struct ctl_table *table;
int i;
table = kmemdup(&mpls_dev_table, sizeof(mpls_dev_table), GFP_KERNEL);
if (!table)
goto out;
/* Table data contains only offsets relative to the base of
* the mdev at this point, so make them absolute.
*/
for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE(mpls_dev_table); i++)
table[i].data = (char *)mdev + (uintptr_t)table[i].data;
snprintf(path, sizeof(path), "net/mpls/conf/%s", dev->name);
mdev->sysctl = register_net_sysctl(dev_net(dev), path, table);
if (!mdev->sysctl)
goto free;
return 0;
free:
kfree(table);
out:
return -ENOBUFS;
}
static void mpls_dev_sysctl_unregister(struct mpls_dev *mdev)
{
struct ctl_table *table;
table = mdev->sysctl->ctl_table_arg;
unregister_net_sysctl_table(mdev->sysctl);
kfree(table);
}
mpls: Per-device MPLS state Add per-device MPLS state to supported interfaces. Use the presence of this state in mpls_route_add to determine that this is a supported interface. Use the presence of mpls_dev to drop packets that arrived on an unsupported interface - previously they were allowed through. Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Reviewed-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-04-22 17:14:37 +07:00
static struct mpls_dev *mpls_add_dev(struct net_device *dev)
{
struct mpls_dev *mdev;
int err = -ENOMEM;
ASSERT_RTNL();
mdev = kzalloc(sizeof(*mdev), GFP_KERNEL);
if (!mdev)
return ERR_PTR(err);
mpls: Per-device enabling of packet input An MPLS network is a single trust domain where the edges must be in control of what labels make their way into the core. The simplest way of ensuring this is for the edge device to always impose the labels, and not allow forward labeled traffic from untrusted neighbours. This is achieved by allowing a per-device configuration of whether MPLS traffic input from that interface should be processed or not. To be secure by default, the default state is changed to MPLS being disabled on all interfaces unless explicitly enabled and no global option is provided to change the default. Whilst this differs from other protocols (e.g. IPv6), network operators are used to explicitly enabling MPLS forwarding on interfaces, and with the number of links to the MPLS core typically fairly low this doesn't present too much of a burden on operators. Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Reviewed-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-04-22 17:14:38 +07:00
err = mpls_dev_sysctl_register(dev, mdev);
if (err)
goto free;
mpls: Per-device MPLS state Add per-device MPLS state to supported interfaces. Use the presence of this state in mpls_route_add to determine that this is a supported interface. Use the presence of mpls_dev to drop packets that arrived on an unsupported interface - previously they were allowed through. Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Reviewed-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-04-22 17:14:37 +07:00
rcu_assign_pointer(dev->mpls_ptr, mdev);
return mdev;
mpls: Per-device enabling of packet input An MPLS network is a single trust domain where the edges must be in control of what labels make their way into the core. The simplest way of ensuring this is for the edge device to always impose the labels, and not allow forward labeled traffic from untrusted neighbours. This is achieved by allowing a per-device configuration of whether MPLS traffic input from that interface should be processed or not. To be secure by default, the default state is changed to MPLS being disabled on all interfaces unless explicitly enabled and no global option is provided to change the default. Whilst this differs from other protocols (e.g. IPv6), network operators are used to explicitly enabling MPLS forwarding on interfaces, and with the number of links to the MPLS core typically fairly low this doesn't present too much of a burden on operators. Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Reviewed-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-04-22 17:14:38 +07:00
free:
kfree(mdev);
return ERR_PTR(err);
mpls: Per-device MPLS state Add per-device MPLS state to supported interfaces. Use the presence of this state in mpls_route_add to determine that this is a supported interface. Use the presence of mpls_dev to drop packets that arrived on an unsupported interface - previously they were allowed through. Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Reviewed-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-04-22 17:14:37 +07:00
}
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:10:47 +07:00
static void mpls_ifdown(struct net_device *dev)
{
mpls: Cleanup the rcu usage in the code. Sparse was generating a lot of warnings mostly from missing annotations in the code. Add missing annotations and in a few cases tweak the code for performance by moving work before loops. This also fixes a problematic ommision of rcu_assign_pointer and rcu_dereference. Hopefully with complete rcu annotations any new rcu errors will stick out like a sore thumb. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-08 05:21:56 +07:00
struct mpls_route __rcu **platform_label;
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:10:47 +07:00
struct net *net = dev_net(dev);
mpls: Per-device MPLS state Add per-device MPLS state to supported interfaces. Use the presence of this state in mpls_route_add to determine that this is a supported interface. Use the presence of mpls_dev to drop packets that arrived on an unsupported interface - previously they were allowed through. Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Reviewed-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-04-22 17:14:37 +07:00
struct mpls_dev *mdev;
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:10:47 +07:00
unsigned index;
mpls: Cleanup the rcu usage in the code. Sparse was generating a lot of warnings mostly from missing annotations in the code. Add missing annotations and in a few cases tweak the code for performance by moving work before loops. This also fixes a problematic ommision of rcu_assign_pointer and rcu_dereference. Hopefully with complete rcu annotations any new rcu errors will stick out like a sore thumb. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-08 05:21:56 +07:00
platform_label = rtnl_dereference(net->mpls.platform_label);
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:10:47 +07:00
for (index = 0; index < net->mpls.platform_labels; index++) {
mpls: Cleanup the rcu usage in the code. Sparse was generating a lot of warnings mostly from missing annotations in the code. Add missing annotations and in a few cases tweak the code for performance by moving work before loops. This also fixes a problematic ommision of rcu_assign_pointer and rcu_dereference. Hopefully with complete rcu annotations any new rcu errors will stick out like a sore thumb. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-08 05:21:56 +07:00
struct mpls_route *rt = rtnl_dereference(platform_label[index]);
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:10:47 +07:00
if (!rt)
continue;
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 20:03:27 +07:00
for_nexthops(rt) {
if (rtnl_dereference(nh->nh_dev) != dev)
continue;
nh->nh_dev = NULL;
} endfor_nexthops(rt);
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:10:47 +07:00
}
mpls: Per-device MPLS state Add per-device MPLS state to supported interfaces. Use the presence of this state in mpls_route_add to determine that this is a supported interface. Use the presence of mpls_dev to drop packets that arrived on an unsupported interface - previously they were allowed through. Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Reviewed-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-04-22 17:14:37 +07:00
mdev = mpls_dev_get(dev);
if (!mdev)
return;
mpls: Per-device enabling of packet input An MPLS network is a single trust domain where the edges must be in control of what labels make their way into the core. The simplest way of ensuring this is for the edge device to always impose the labels, and not allow forward labeled traffic from untrusted neighbours. This is achieved by allowing a per-device configuration of whether MPLS traffic input from that interface should be processed or not. To be secure by default, the default state is changed to MPLS being disabled on all interfaces unless explicitly enabled and no global option is provided to change the default. Whilst this differs from other protocols (e.g. IPv6), network operators are used to explicitly enabling MPLS forwarding on interfaces, and with the number of links to the MPLS core typically fairly low this doesn't present too much of a burden on operators. Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Reviewed-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-04-22 17:14:38 +07:00
mpls_dev_sysctl_unregister(mdev);
mpls: Per-device MPLS state Add per-device MPLS state to supported interfaces. Use the presence of this state in mpls_route_add to determine that this is a supported interface. Use the presence of mpls_dev to drop packets that arrived on an unsupported interface - previously they were allowed through. Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Reviewed-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-04-22 17:14:37 +07:00
RCU_INIT_POINTER(dev->mpls_ptr, NULL);
mpls: fix possible use after free of device The mpls device is used in an RCU read context without a lock being held. As the memory is freed without waiting for the RCU grace period to elapse, the freed memory could still be in use. Address this by using kfree_rcu to free the memory for the mpls device after the RCU grace period has elapsed. Fixes: 03c57747a702 ("mpls: Per-device MPLS state") Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Acked-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-06-06 00:54:45 +07:00
kfree_rcu(mdev, rcu);
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:10:47 +07:00
}
static int mpls_dev_notify(struct notifier_block *this, unsigned long event,
void *ptr)
{
struct net_device *dev = netdev_notifier_info_to_dev(ptr);
mpls: Per-device MPLS state Add per-device MPLS state to supported interfaces. Use the presence of this state in mpls_route_add to determine that this is a supported interface. Use the presence of mpls_dev to drop packets that arrived on an unsupported interface - previously they were allowed through. Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Reviewed-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-04-22 17:14:37 +07:00
struct mpls_dev *mdev;
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:10:47 +07:00
switch(event) {
mpls: Per-device MPLS state Add per-device MPLS state to supported interfaces. Use the presence of this state in mpls_route_add to determine that this is a supported interface. Use the presence of mpls_dev to drop packets that arrived on an unsupported interface - previously they were allowed through. Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Reviewed-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-04-22 17:14:37 +07:00
case NETDEV_REGISTER:
/* For now just support ethernet devices */
if ((dev->type == ARPHRD_ETHER) ||
(dev->type == ARPHRD_LOOPBACK)) {
mdev = mpls_add_dev(dev);
if (IS_ERR(mdev))
return notifier_from_errno(PTR_ERR(mdev));
}
break;
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:10:47 +07:00
case NETDEV_UNREGISTER:
mpls_ifdown(dev);
break;
mpls: handle device renames for per-device sysctls If a device is renamed and the original name is subsequently reused for a new device, the following warning is generated: sysctl duplicate entry: /net/mpls/conf/veth0//input CPU: 3 PID: 1379 Comm: ip Not tainted 4.1.0-rc4+ #20 Hardware name: QEMU Standard PC (i440FX + PIIX, 1996), BIOS 1.7.5-20140531_083030-gandalf 04/01/2014 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 ffffffff81566aaf 0000000000000000 ffffffff81236279 ffff88002f7d7f00 0000000000000000 ffff88000db336d8 ffff88000db33698 0000000000000005 ffff88002e046000 ffff8800168c9280 Call Trace: [<ffffffff81566aaf>] ? dump_stack+0x40/0x50 [<ffffffff81236279>] ? __register_sysctl_table+0x289/0x5a0 [<ffffffffa051a24f>] ? mpls_dev_notify+0x1ff/0x300 [mpls_router] [<ffffffff8108db7f>] ? notifier_call_chain+0x4f/0x70 [<ffffffff81470e72>] ? register_netdevice+0x2b2/0x480 [<ffffffffa0524748>] ? veth_newlink+0x178/0x2d3 [veth] [<ffffffff8147f84c>] ? rtnl_newlink+0x73c/0x8e0 [<ffffffff8147f27a>] ? rtnl_newlink+0x16a/0x8e0 [<ffffffff81459ff2>] ? __kmalloc_reserve.isra.30+0x32/0x90 [<ffffffff8147ccfd>] ? rtnetlink_rcv_msg+0x8d/0x250 [<ffffffff8145b027>] ? __alloc_skb+0x47/0x1f0 [<ffffffff8149badb>] ? __netlink_lookup+0xab/0xe0 [<ffffffff8147cc70>] ? rtnetlink_rcv+0x30/0x30 [<ffffffff8149e7a0>] ? netlink_rcv_skb+0xb0/0xd0 [<ffffffff8147cc64>] ? rtnetlink_rcv+0x24/0x30 [<ffffffff8149df17>] ? netlink_unicast+0x107/0x1a0 [<ffffffff8149e4be>] ? netlink_sendmsg+0x50e/0x630 [<ffffffff8145209c>] ? sock_sendmsg+0x3c/0x50 [<ffffffff81452beb>] ? ___sys_sendmsg+0x27b/0x290 [<ffffffff811bd258>] ? mem_cgroup_try_charge+0x88/0x110 [<ffffffff811bd5b6>] ? mem_cgroup_commit_charge+0x56/0xa0 [<ffffffff811d7700>] ? do_filp_open+0x30/0xa0 [<ffffffff8145336e>] ? __sys_sendmsg+0x3e/0x80 [<ffffffff8156c3f2>] ? system_call_fastpath+0x16/0x75 Fix this by unregistering the previous sysctl table (registered for the path containing the original device name) and re-registering the table for the path containing the new device name. Fixes: 37bde79979c3 ("mpls: Per-device enabling of packet input") Reported-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-06-12 01:58:26 +07:00
case NETDEV_CHANGENAME:
mdev = mpls_dev_get(dev);
if (mdev) {
int err;
mpls_dev_sysctl_unregister(mdev);
err = mpls_dev_sysctl_register(dev, mdev);
if (err)
return notifier_from_errno(err);
}
break;
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:10:47 +07:00
}
return NOTIFY_OK;
}
static struct notifier_block mpls_dev_notifier = {
.notifier_call = mpls_dev_notify,
};
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:13:56 +07:00
static int nla_put_via(struct sk_buff *skb,
neigh: Use neigh table index for neigh_packet_xmit Remove a little bit of unnecessary work when transmitting a packet with neigh_packet_xmit. Use the neighbour table index not the address family as a parameter. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-08 05:25:56 +07:00
u8 table, const void *addr, int alen)
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:13:56 +07:00
{
neigh: Use neigh table index for neigh_packet_xmit Remove a little bit of unnecessary work when transmitting a packet with neigh_packet_xmit. Use the neighbour table index not the address family as a parameter. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-08 05:25:56 +07:00
static const int table_to_family[NEIGH_NR_TABLES + 1] = {
AF_INET, AF_INET6, AF_DECnet, AF_PACKET,
};
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:13:56 +07:00
struct nlattr *nla;
struct rtvia *via;
neigh: Use neigh table index for neigh_packet_xmit Remove a little bit of unnecessary work when transmitting a packet with neigh_packet_xmit. Use the neighbour table index not the address family as a parameter. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-08 05:25:56 +07:00
int family = AF_UNSPEC;
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:13:56 +07:00
nla = nla_reserve(skb, RTA_VIA, alen + 2);
if (!nla)
return -EMSGSIZE;
neigh: Use neigh table index for neigh_packet_xmit Remove a little bit of unnecessary work when transmitting a packet with neigh_packet_xmit. Use the neighbour table index not the address family as a parameter. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-08 05:25:56 +07:00
if (table <= NEIGH_NR_TABLES)
family = table_to_family[table];
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:13:56 +07:00
via = nla_data(nla);
via->rtvia_family = family;
memcpy(via->rtvia_addr, addr, alen);
return 0;
}
mpls: Functions for reading and wrinting mpls labels over netlink Reading and writing addresses in network byte order in netlink is traditional and I see no reason to change that. MPLS is interesting as effectively it has variabely length addresses (the MPLS label stack). To represent these variable length addresses in netlink I use a valid MPLS label stack (complete with stop bit). This achieves two things: a well defined existing format is used, and the data can be interpreted without looking at it's length. Not needed to look at the length to decode the variable length network representation allows existing userspace functions such as inet_ntop to be used without needed to change their prototype. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:13:19 +07:00
int nla_put_labels(struct sk_buff *skb, int attrtype,
u8 labels, const u32 label[])
{
struct nlattr *nla;
struct mpls_shim_hdr *nla_label;
bool bos;
int i;
nla = nla_reserve(skb, attrtype, labels*4);
if (!nla)
return -EMSGSIZE;
nla_label = nla_data(nla);
bos = true;
for (i = labels - 1; i >= 0; i--) {
nla_label[i] = mpls_entry_encode(label[i], 0, 0, bos);
bos = false;
}
return 0;
}
mpls: export mpls functions for use by mpls iptunnels Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-21 15:43:52 +07:00
EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(nla_put_labels);
mpls: Functions for reading and wrinting mpls labels over netlink Reading and writing addresses in network byte order in netlink is traditional and I see no reason to change that. MPLS is interesting as effectively it has variabely length addresses (the MPLS label stack). To represent these variable length addresses in netlink I use a valid MPLS label stack (complete with stop bit). This achieves two things: a well defined existing format is used, and the data can be interpreted without looking at it's length. Not needed to look at the length to decode the variable length network representation allows existing userspace functions such as inet_ntop to be used without needed to change their prototype. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:13:19 +07:00
int nla_get_labels(const struct nlattr *nla,
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 20:03:27 +07:00
u32 max_labels, u8 *labels, u32 label[])
mpls: Functions for reading and wrinting mpls labels over netlink Reading and writing addresses in network byte order in netlink is traditional and I see no reason to change that. MPLS is interesting as effectively it has variabely length addresses (the MPLS label stack). To represent these variable length addresses in netlink I use a valid MPLS label stack (complete with stop bit). This achieves two things: a well defined existing format is used, and the data can be interpreted without looking at it's length. Not needed to look at the length to decode the variable length network representation allows existing userspace functions such as inet_ntop to be used without needed to change their prototype. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:13:19 +07:00
{
unsigned len = nla_len(nla);
unsigned nla_labels;
struct mpls_shim_hdr *nla_label;
bool bos;
int i;
/* len needs to be an even multiple of 4 (the label size) */
if (len & 3)
return -EINVAL;
/* Limit the number of new labels allowed */
nla_labels = len/4;
if (nla_labels > max_labels)
return -EINVAL;
nla_label = nla_data(nla);
bos = true;
for (i = nla_labels - 1; i >= 0; i--, bos = false) {
struct mpls_entry_decoded dec;
dec = mpls_entry_decode(nla_label + i);
/* Ensure the bottom of stack flag is properly set
* and ttl and tc are both clear.
*/
if ((dec.bos != bos) || dec.ttl || dec.tc)
return -EINVAL;
mpls: Prevent use of implicit NULL label as outgoing label The reserved implicit-NULL label isn't allowed to appear in the label stack for packets, so make it an error for the control plane to specify it as an outgoing label. Suggested-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Reviewed-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-04-22 17:14:39 +07:00
switch (dec.label) {
mpls: Change reserved label names to be consistent with netbsd Since these are now visible to userspace it is nice to be consistent with BSD (sys/netmpls/mpls.h in netBSD). Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-07 22:08:51 +07:00
case MPLS_LABEL_IMPLNULL:
mpls: Prevent use of implicit NULL label as outgoing label The reserved implicit-NULL label isn't allowed to appear in the label stack for packets, so make it an error for the control plane to specify it as an outgoing label. Suggested-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Reviewed-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-04-22 17:14:39 +07:00
/* RFC3032: This is a label that an LSR may
* assign and distribute, but which never
* actually appears in the encapsulation.
*/
return -EINVAL;
}
mpls: Functions for reading and wrinting mpls labels over netlink Reading and writing addresses in network byte order in netlink is traditional and I see no reason to change that. MPLS is interesting as effectively it has variabely length addresses (the MPLS label stack). To represent these variable length addresses in netlink I use a valid MPLS label stack (complete with stop bit). This achieves two things: a well defined existing format is used, and the data can be interpreted without looking at it's length. Not needed to look at the length to decode the variable length network representation allows existing userspace functions such as inet_ntop to be used without needed to change their prototype. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:13:19 +07:00
label[i] = dec.label;
}
*labels = nla_labels;
return 0;
}
mpls: export mpls functions for use by mpls iptunnels Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-21 15:43:52 +07:00
EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(nla_get_labels);
mpls: Functions for reading and wrinting mpls labels over netlink Reading and writing addresses in network byte order in netlink is traditional and I see no reason to change that. MPLS is interesting as effectively it has variabely length addresses (the MPLS label stack). To represent these variable length addresses in netlink I use a valid MPLS label stack (complete with stop bit). This achieves two things: a well defined existing format is used, and the data can be interpreted without looking at it's length. Not needed to look at the length to decode the variable length network representation allows existing userspace functions such as inet_ntop to be used without needed to change their prototype. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:13:19 +07:00
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 20:03:27 +07:00
int nla_get_via(const struct nlattr *nla, u8 *via_alen,
u8 *via_table, u8 via_addr[])
{
struct rtvia *via = nla_data(nla);
int err = -EINVAL;
int alen;
if (nla_len(nla) < offsetof(struct rtvia, rtvia_addr))
goto errout;
alen = nla_len(nla) -
offsetof(struct rtvia, rtvia_addr);
if (alen > MAX_VIA_ALEN)
goto errout;
/* Validate the address family */
switch (via->rtvia_family) {
case AF_PACKET:
*via_table = NEIGH_LINK_TABLE;
break;
case AF_INET:
*via_table = NEIGH_ARP_TABLE;
if (alen != 4)
goto errout;
break;
case AF_INET6:
*via_table = NEIGH_ND_TABLE;
if (alen != 16)
goto errout;
break;
default:
/* Unsupported address family */
goto errout;
}
memcpy(via_addr, via->rtvia_addr, alen);
*via_alen = alen;
err = 0;
errout:
return err;
}
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:13:56 +07:00
static int rtm_to_route_config(struct sk_buff *skb, struct nlmsghdr *nlh,
struct mpls_route_config *cfg)
{
struct rtmsg *rtm;
struct nlattr *tb[RTA_MAX+1];
int index;
int err;
err = nlmsg_parse(nlh, sizeof(*rtm), tb, RTA_MAX, rtm_mpls_policy);
if (err < 0)
goto errout;
err = -EINVAL;
rtm = nlmsg_data(nlh);
memset(cfg, 0, sizeof(*cfg));
if (rtm->rtm_family != AF_MPLS)
goto errout;
if (rtm->rtm_dst_len != 20)
goto errout;
if (rtm->rtm_src_len != 0)
goto errout;
if (rtm->rtm_tos != 0)
goto errout;
if (rtm->rtm_table != RT_TABLE_MAIN)
goto errout;
/* Any value is acceptable for rtm_protocol */
/* As mpls uses destination specific addresses
* (or source specific address in the case of multicast)
* all addresses have universal scope.
*/
if (rtm->rtm_scope != RT_SCOPE_UNIVERSE)
goto errout;
if (rtm->rtm_type != RTN_UNICAST)
goto errout;
if (rtm->rtm_flags != 0)
goto errout;
cfg->rc_label = LABEL_NOT_SPECIFIED;
cfg->rc_protocol = rtm->rtm_protocol;
cfg->rc_nlflags = nlh->nlmsg_flags;
cfg->rc_nlinfo.portid = NETLINK_CB(skb).portid;
cfg->rc_nlinfo.nlh = nlh;
cfg->rc_nlinfo.nl_net = sock_net(skb->sk);
for (index = 0; index <= RTA_MAX; index++) {
struct nlattr *nla = tb[index];
if (!nla)
continue;
switch(index) {
case RTA_OIF:
cfg->rc_ifindex = nla_get_u32(nla);
break;
case RTA_NEWDST:
if (nla_get_labels(nla, MAX_NEW_LABELS,
&cfg->rc_output_labels,
cfg->rc_output_label))
goto errout;
break;
case RTA_DST:
{
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 20:03:27 +07:00
u8 label_count;
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:13:56 +07:00
if (nla_get_labels(nla, 1, &label_count,
&cfg->rc_label))
goto errout;
mpls: Use definition for reserved label checks In multiple locations there are checks for whether the label in hand is a reserved label or not using the arbritray value of 16. Factor this out into a #define for better maintainability and for documentation. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-03 23:50:04 +07:00
/* Reserved labels may not be set */
if (cfg->rc_label < MPLS_LABEL_FIRST_UNRESERVED)
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:13:56 +07:00
goto errout;
break;
}
case RTA_VIA:
{
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 20:03:27 +07:00
if (nla_get_via(nla, &cfg->rc_via_alen,
&cfg->rc_via_table, cfg->rc_via))
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:13:56 +07:00
goto errout;
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 20:03:27 +07:00
break;
}
case RTA_MULTIPATH:
{
cfg->rc_mp = nla_data(nla);
cfg->rc_mp_len = nla_len(nla);
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:13:56 +07:00
break;
}
default:
/* Unsupported attribute */
goto errout;
}
}
err = 0;
errout:
return err;
}
static int mpls_rtm_delroute(struct sk_buff *skb, struct nlmsghdr *nlh)
{
struct mpls_route_config cfg;
int err;
err = rtm_to_route_config(skb, nlh, &cfg);
if (err < 0)
return err;
return mpls_route_del(&cfg);
}
static int mpls_rtm_newroute(struct sk_buff *skb, struct nlmsghdr *nlh)
{
struct mpls_route_config cfg;
int err;
err = rtm_to_route_config(skb, nlh, &cfg);
if (err < 0)
return err;
return mpls_route_add(&cfg);
}
static int mpls_dump_route(struct sk_buff *skb, u32 portid, u32 seq, int event,
u32 label, struct mpls_route *rt, int flags)
{
mpls: Cleanup the rcu usage in the code. Sparse was generating a lot of warnings mostly from missing annotations in the code. Add missing annotations and in a few cases tweak the code for performance by moving work before loops. This also fixes a problematic ommision of rcu_assign_pointer and rcu_dereference. Hopefully with complete rcu annotations any new rcu errors will stick out like a sore thumb. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-08 05:21:56 +07:00
struct net_device *dev;
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:13:56 +07:00
struct nlmsghdr *nlh;
struct rtmsg *rtm;
nlh = nlmsg_put(skb, portid, seq, event, sizeof(*rtm), flags);
if (nlh == NULL)
return -EMSGSIZE;
rtm = nlmsg_data(nlh);
rtm->rtm_family = AF_MPLS;
rtm->rtm_dst_len = 20;
rtm->rtm_src_len = 0;
rtm->rtm_tos = 0;
rtm->rtm_table = RT_TABLE_MAIN;
rtm->rtm_protocol = rt->rt_protocol;
rtm->rtm_scope = RT_SCOPE_UNIVERSE;
rtm->rtm_type = RTN_UNICAST;
rtm->rtm_flags = 0;
if (nla_put_labels(skb, RTA_DST, 1, &label))
goto nla_put_failure;
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 20:03:27 +07:00
if (rt->rt_nhn == 1) {
mpls: reduce memory usage of routes Nexthops for MPLS routes have a via address field sized for the largest via address that is expected, which is 32 bytes. This means that in the most common case of having ipv4 via addresses, 28 bytes of memory more than required are used per nexthop. In the other common case of an ipv6 nexthop then 16 bytes more than required are used. With large numbers of MPLS routes this extra memory usage could start to become significant. To avoid allocating memory for a maximum length via address when not all of it is required and to allow for ease of iterating over nexthops, then the via addresses are changed to be stored in the same memory block as the route and nexthops, but in an array after the end of the array of nexthops. New accessors are provided to retrieve a pointer to the via address. To allow for O(1) access without having to store a pointer or offset per nh, the via address for each nexthop is sized according to the maximum via address for any nexthop in the route, which is stored in a new route field, rt_max_alen, but this is in an existing hole in struct mpls_route so it doesn't increase the size of the structure. Each via address is ensured to be aligned to VIA_ALEN_ALIGN to account for architectures that don't allow unaligned accesses. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-27 07:37:36 +07:00
const struct mpls_nh *nh = rt->rt_nh;
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 20:03:27 +07:00
if (nh->nh_labels &&
nla_put_labels(skb, RTA_NEWDST, nh->nh_labels,
nh->nh_label))
goto nla_put_failure;
mpls: reduce memory usage of routes Nexthops for MPLS routes have a via address field sized for the largest via address that is expected, which is 32 bytes. This means that in the most common case of having ipv4 via addresses, 28 bytes of memory more than required are used per nexthop. In the other common case of an ipv6 nexthop then 16 bytes more than required are used. With large numbers of MPLS routes this extra memory usage could start to become significant. To avoid allocating memory for a maximum length via address when not all of it is required and to allow for ease of iterating over nexthops, then the via addresses are changed to be stored in the same memory block as the route and nexthops, but in an array after the end of the array of nexthops. New accessors are provided to retrieve a pointer to the via address. To allow for O(1) access without having to store a pointer or offset per nh, the via address for each nexthop is sized according to the maximum via address for any nexthop in the route, which is stored in a new route field, rt_max_alen, but this is in an existing hole in struct mpls_route so it doesn't increase the size of the structure. Each via address is ensured to be aligned to VIA_ALEN_ALIGN to account for architectures that don't allow unaligned accesses. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-27 07:37:36 +07:00
if (nla_put_via(skb, nh->nh_via_table, mpls_nh_via(rt, nh),
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 20:03:27 +07:00
nh->nh_via_alen))
goto nla_put_failure;
dev = rtnl_dereference(nh->nh_dev);
if (dev && nla_put_u32(skb, RTA_OIF, dev->ifindex))
goto nla_put_failure;
} else {
struct rtnexthop *rtnh;
struct nlattr *mp;
mp = nla_nest_start(skb, RTA_MULTIPATH);
if (!mp)
goto nla_put_failure;
for_nexthops(rt) {
rtnh = nla_reserve_nohdr(skb, sizeof(*rtnh));
if (!rtnh)
goto nla_put_failure;
dev = rtnl_dereference(nh->nh_dev);
if (dev)
rtnh->rtnh_ifindex = dev->ifindex;
if (nh->nh_labels && nla_put_labels(skb, RTA_NEWDST,
nh->nh_labels,
nh->nh_label))
goto nla_put_failure;
if (nla_put_via(skb, nh->nh_via_table,
mpls: reduce memory usage of routes Nexthops for MPLS routes have a via address field sized for the largest via address that is expected, which is 32 bytes. This means that in the most common case of having ipv4 via addresses, 28 bytes of memory more than required are used per nexthop. In the other common case of an ipv6 nexthop then 16 bytes more than required are used. With large numbers of MPLS routes this extra memory usage could start to become significant. To avoid allocating memory for a maximum length via address when not all of it is required and to allow for ease of iterating over nexthops, then the via addresses are changed to be stored in the same memory block as the route and nexthops, but in an array after the end of the array of nexthops. New accessors are provided to retrieve a pointer to the via address. To allow for O(1) access without having to store a pointer or offset per nh, the via address for each nexthop is sized according to the maximum via address for any nexthop in the route, which is stored in a new route field, rt_max_alen, but this is in an existing hole in struct mpls_route so it doesn't increase the size of the structure. Each via address is ensured to be aligned to VIA_ALEN_ALIGN to account for architectures that don't allow unaligned accesses. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-27 07:37:36 +07:00
mpls_nh_via(rt, nh),
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 20:03:27 +07:00
nh->nh_via_alen))
goto nla_put_failure;
/* length of rtnetlink header + attributes */
rtnh->rtnh_len = nlmsg_get_pos(skb) - (void *)rtnh;
} endfor_nexthops(rt);
nla_nest_end(skb, mp);
}
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:13:56 +07:00
nlmsg_end(skb, nlh);
return 0;
nla_put_failure:
nlmsg_cancel(skb, nlh);
return -EMSGSIZE;
}
static int mpls_dump_routes(struct sk_buff *skb, struct netlink_callback *cb)
{
struct net *net = sock_net(skb->sk);
mpls: Cleanup the rcu usage in the code. Sparse was generating a lot of warnings mostly from missing annotations in the code. Add missing annotations and in a few cases tweak the code for performance by moving work before loops. This also fixes a problematic ommision of rcu_assign_pointer and rcu_dereference. Hopefully with complete rcu annotations any new rcu errors will stick out like a sore thumb. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-08 05:21:56 +07:00
struct mpls_route __rcu **platform_label;
size_t platform_labels;
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:13:56 +07:00
unsigned int index;
ASSERT_RTNL();
index = cb->args[0];
mpls: Use definition for reserved label checks In multiple locations there are checks for whether the label in hand is a reserved label or not using the arbritray value of 16. Factor this out into a #define for better maintainability and for documentation. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-03 23:50:04 +07:00
if (index < MPLS_LABEL_FIRST_UNRESERVED)
index = MPLS_LABEL_FIRST_UNRESERVED;
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:13:56 +07:00
mpls: Cleanup the rcu usage in the code. Sparse was generating a lot of warnings mostly from missing annotations in the code. Add missing annotations and in a few cases tweak the code for performance by moving work before loops. This also fixes a problematic ommision of rcu_assign_pointer and rcu_dereference. Hopefully with complete rcu annotations any new rcu errors will stick out like a sore thumb. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-08 05:21:56 +07:00
platform_label = rtnl_dereference(net->mpls.platform_label);
platform_labels = net->mpls.platform_labels;
for (; index < platform_labels; index++) {
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:13:56 +07:00
struct mpls_route *rt;
mpls: Cleanup the rcu usage in the code. Sparse was generating a lot of warnings mostly from missing annotations in the code. Add missing annotations and in a few cases tweak the code for performance by moving work before loops. This also fixes a problematic ommision of rcu_assign_pointer and rcu_dereference. Hopefully with complete rcu annotations any new rcu errors will stick out like a sore thumb. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-08 05:21:56 +07:00
rt = rtnl_dereference(platform_label[index]);
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:13:56 +07:00
if (!rt)
continue;
if (mpls_dump_route(skb, NETLINK_CB(cb->skb).portid,
cb->nlh->nlmsg_seq, RTM_NEWROUTE,
index, rt, NLM_F_MULTI) < 0)
break;
}
cb->args[0] = index;
return skb->len;
}
mpls: Multicast route table change notifications Unlike IPv4 this code notifies on all cases where mpls routes are added or removed and it never automatically removes routes. Avoiding both the userspace confusion that is caused by omitting route updates and the possibility of a flood of netlink traffic when an interface goes doew. For now reserved labels are handled automatically and userspace is not notified. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:14:31 +07:00
static inline size_t lfib_nlmsg_size(struct mpls_route *rt)
{
size_t payload =
NLMSG_ALIGN(sizeof(struct rtmsg))
+ nla_total_size(4); /* RTA_DST */
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 20:03:27 +07:00
if (rt->rt_nhn == 1) {
struct mpls_nh *nh = rt->rt_nh;
if (nh->nh_dev)
payload += nla_total_size(4); /* RTA_OIF */
payload += nla_total_size(2 + nh->nh_via_alen); /* RTA_VIA */
if (nh->nh_labels) /* RTA_NEWDST */
payload += nla_total_size(nh->nh_labels * 4);
} else {
/* each nexthop is packed in an attribute */
size_t nhsize = 0;
for_nexthops(rt) {
nhsize += nla_total_size(sizeof(struct rtnexthop));
nhsize += nla_total_size(2 + nh->nh_via_alen);
if (nh->nh_labels)
nhsize += nla_total_size(nh->nh_labels * 4);
} endfor_nexthops(rt);
/* nested attribute */
payload += nla_total_size(nhsize);
}
mpls: Multicast route table change notifications Unlike IPv4 this code notifies on all cases where mpls routes are added or removed and it never automatically removes routes. Avoiding both the userspace confusion that is caused by omitting route updates and the possibility of a flood of netlink traffic when an interface goes doew. For now reserved labels are handled automatically and userspace is not notified. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:14:31 +07:00
return payload;
}
static void rtmsg_lfib(int event, u32 label, struct mpls_route *rt,
struct nlmsghdr *nlh, struct net *net, u32 portid,
unsigned int nlm_flags)
{
struct sk_buff *skb;
u32 seq = nlh ? nlh->nlmsg_seq : 0;
int err = -ENOBUFS;
skb = nlmsg_new(lfib_nlmsg_size(rt), GFP_KERNEL);
if (skb == NULL)
goto errout;
err = mpls_dump_route(skb, portid, seq, event, label, rt, nlm_flags);
if (err < 0) {
/* -EMSGSIZE implies BUG in lfib_nlmsg_size */
WARN_ON(err == -EMSGSIZE);
kfree_skb(skb);
goto errout;
}
rtnl_notify(skb, net, portid, RTNLGRP_MPLS_ROUTE, nlh, GFP_KERNEL);
return;
errout:
if (err < 0)
rtnl_set_sk_err(net, RTNLGRP_MPLS_ROUTE, err);
}
mpls: Add a sysctl to control the size of the mpls label table This sysctl gives two benefits. By defaulting the table size to 0 mpls even when compiled in and enabled defaults to not forwarding any packets. This prevents unpleasant surprises for users. The other benefit is that as mpls labels are allocated locally a dense table a small dense label table may be used which saves memory and is extremely simple and efficient to implement. This sysctl allows userspace to choose the restrictions on the label table size userspace applications need to cope with. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:11:20 +07:00
static int resize_platform_label_table(struct net *net, size_t limit)
{
size_t size = sizeof(struct mpls_route *) * limit;
size_t old_limit;
size_t cp_size;
struct mpls_route __rcu **labels = NULL, **old;
struct mpls_route *rt0 = NULL, *rt2 = NULL;
unsigned index;
if (size) {
labels = kzalloc(size, GFP_KERNEL | __GFP_NOWARN | __GFP_NORETRY);
if (!labels)
labels = vzalloc(size);
if (!labels)
goto nolabels;
}
/* In case the predefined labels need to be populated */
mpls: Change reserved label names to be consistent with netbsd Since these are now visible to userspace it is nice to be consistent with BSD (sys/netmpls/mpls.h in netBSD). Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-07 22:08:51 +07:00
if (limit > MPLS_LABEL_IPV4NULL) {
mpls: Add a sysctl to control the size of the mpls label table This sysctl gives two benefits. By defaulting the table size to 0 mpls even when compiled in and enabled defaults to not forwarding any packets. This prevents unpleasant surprises for users. The other benefit is that as mpls labels are allocated locally a dense table a small dense label table may be used which saves memory and is extremely simple and efficient to implement. This sysctl allows userspace to choose the restrictions on the label table size userspace applications need to cope with. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:11:20 +07:00
struct net_device *lo = net->loopback_dev;
mpls: reduce memory usage of routes Nexthops for MPLS routes have a via address field sized for the largest via address that is expected, which is 32 bytes. This means that in the most common case of having ipv4 via addresses, 28 bytes of memory more than required are used per nexthop. In the other common case of an ipv6 nexthop then 16 bytes more than required are used. With large numbers of MPLS routes this extra memory usage could start to become significant. To avoid allocating memory for a maximum length via address when not all of it is required and to allow for ease of iterating over nexthops, then the via addresses are changed to be stored in the same memory block as the route and nexthops, but in an array after the end of the array of nexthops. New accessors are provided to retrieve a pointer to the via address. To allow for O(1) access without having to store a pointer or offset per nh, the via address for each nexthop is sized according to the maximum via address for any nexthop in the route, which is stored in a new route field, rt_max_alen, but this is in an existing hole in struct mpls_route so it doesn't increase the size of the structure. Each via address is ensured to be aligned to VIA_ALEN_ALIGN to account for architectures that don't allow unaligned accesses. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-27 07:37:36 +07:00
rt0 = mpls_rt_alloc(1, lo->addr_len);
mpls: Add a sysctl to control the size of the mpls label table This sysctl gives two benefits. By defaulting the table size to 0 mpls even when compiled in and enabled defaults to not forwarding any packets. This prevents unpleasant surprises for users. The other benefit is that as mpls labels are allocated locally a dense table a small dense label table may be used which saves memory and is extremely simple and efficient to implement. This sysctl allows userspace to choose the restrictions on the label table size userspace applications need to cope with. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:11:20 +07:00
if (!rt0)
goto nort0;
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 20:03:27 +07:00
RCU_INIT_POINTER(rt0->rt_nh->nh_dev, lo);
mpls: Add a sysctl to control the size of the mpls label table This sysctl gives two benefits. By defaulting the table size to 0 mpls even when compiled in and enabled defaults to not forwarding any packets. This prevents unpleasant surprises for users. The other benefit is that as mpls labels are allocated locally a dense table a small dense label table may be used which saves memory and is extremely simple and efficient to implement. This sysctl allows userspace to choose the restrictions on the label table size userspace applications need to cope with. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:11:20 +07:00
rt0->rt_protocol = RTPROT_KERNEL;
mpls: Enforce payload type of traffic sent using explicit NULL RFC 4182 s2 states that if an IPv4 Explicit NULL label is the only label on the stack, then after popping the resulting packet must be treated as a IPv4 packet and forwarded based on the IPv4 header. The same is true for IPv6 Explicit NULL with an IPv6 packet following. Therefore, when installing the IPv4/IPv6 Explicit NULL label routes, add an attribute that specifies the expected payload type for use at forwarding time for determining the type of the encapsulated packet instead of inspecting the first nibble of the packet. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-06 17:04:56 +07:00
rt0->rt_payload_type = MPT_IPV4;
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 20:03:27 +07:00
rt0->rt_nh->nh_via_table = NEIGH_LINK_TABLE;
mpls: fix forwarding using v4/v6 explicit null Fill in the via address length for the predefined IPv4 and IPv6 explicit-null label routes. Fixes: f8efb73c97e2 ("mpls: multipath route support") Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-27 07:37:35 +07:00
rt0->rt_nh->nh_via_alen = lo->addr_len;
mpls: reduce memory usage of routes Nexthops for MPLS routes have a via address field sized for the largest via address that is expected, which is 32 bytes. This means that in the most common case of having ipv4 via addresses, 28 bytes of memory more than required are used per nexthop. In the other common case of an ipv6 nexthop then 16 bytes more than required are used. With large numbers of MPLS routes this extra memory usage could start to become significant. To avoid allocating memory for a maximum length via address when not all of it is required and to allow for ease of iterating over nexthops, then the via addresses are changed to be stored in the same memory block as the route and nexthops, but in an array after the end of the array of nexthops. New accessors are provided to retrieve a pointer to the via address. To allow for O(1) access without having to store a pointer or offset per nh, the via address for each nexthop is sized according to the maximum via address for any nexthop in the route, which is stored in a new route field, rt_max_alen, but this is in an existing hole in struct mpls_route so it doesn't increase the size of the structure. Each via address is ensured to be aligned to VIA_ALEN_ALIGN to account for architectures that don't allow unaligned accesses. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-27 07:37:36 +07:00
memcpy(__mpls_nh_via(rt0, rt0->rt_nh), lo->dev_addr,
lo->addr_len);
mpls: Add a sysctl to control the size of the mpls label table This sysctl gives two benefits. By defaulting the table size to 0 mpls even when compiled in and enabled defaults to not forwarding any packets. This prevents unpleasant surprises for users. The other benefit is that as mpls labels are allocated locally a dense table a small dense label table may be used which saves memory and is extremely simple and efficient to implement. This sysctl allows userspace to choose the restrictions on the label table size userspace applications need to cope with. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:11:20 +07:00
}
mpls: Change reserved label names to be consistent with netbsd Since these are now visible to userspace it is nice to be consistent with BSD (sys/netmpls/mpls.h in netBSD). Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-07 22:08:51 +07:00
if (limit > MPLS_LABEL_IPV6NULL) {
mpls: Add a sysctl to control the size of the mpls label table This sysctl gives two benefits. By defaulting the table size to 0 mpls even when compiled in and enabled defaults to not forwarding any packets. This prevents unpleasant surprises for users. The other benefit is that as mpls labels are allocated locally a dense table a small dense label table may be used which saves memory and is extremely simple and efficient to implement. This sysctl allows userspace to choose the restrictions on the label table size userspace applications need to cope with. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:11:20 +07:00
struct net_device *lo = net->loopback_dev;
mpls: reduce memory usage of routes Nexthops for MPLS routes have a via address field sized for the largest via address that is expected, which is 32 bytes. This means that in the most common case of having ipv4 via addresses, 28 bytes of memory more than required are used per nexthop. In the other common case of an ipv6 nexthop then 16 bytes more than required are used. With large numbers of MPLS routes this extra memory usage could start to become significant. To avoid allocating memory for a maximum length via address when not all of it is required and to allow for ease of iterating over nexthops, then the via addresses are changed to be stored in the same memory block as the route and nexthops, but in an array after the end of the array of nexthops. New accessors are provided to retrieve a pointer to the via address. To allow for O(1) access without having to store a pointer or offset per nh, the via address for each nexthop is sized according to the maximum via address for any nexthop in the route, which is stored in a new route field, rt_max_alen, but this is in an existing hole in struct mpls_route so it doesn't increase the size of the structure. Each via address is ensured to be aligned to VIA_ALEN_ALIGN to account for architectures that don't allow unaligned accesses. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-27 07:37:36 +07:00
rt2 = mpls_rt_alloc(1, lo->addr_len);
mpls: Add a sysctl to control the size of the mpls label table This sysctl gives two benefits. By defaulting the table size to 0 mpls even when compiled in and enabled defaults to not forwarding any packets. This prevents unpleasant surprises for users. The other benefit is that as mpls labels are allocated locally a dense table a small dense label table may be used which saves memory and is extremely simple and efficient to implement. This sysctl allows userspace to choose the restrictions on the label table size userspace applications need to cope with. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:11:20 +07:00
if (!rt2)
goto nort2;
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 20:03:27 +07:00
RCU_INIT_POINTER(rt2->rt_nh->nh_dev, lo);
mpls: Add a sysctl to control the size of the mpls label table This sysctl gives two benefits. By defaulting the table size to 0 mpls even when compiled in and enabled defaults to not forwarding any packets. This prevents unpleasant surprises for users. The other benefit is that as mpls labels are allocated locally a dense table a small dense label table may be used which saves memory and is extremely simple and efficient to implement. This sysctl allows userspace to choose the restrictions on the label table size userspace applications need to cope with. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:11:20 +07:00
rt2->rt_protocol = RTPROT_KERNEL;
mpls: Enforce payload type of traffic sent using explicit NULL RFC 4182 s2 states that if an IPv4 Explicit NULL label is the only label on the stack, then after popping the resulting packet must be treated as a IPv4 packet and forwarded based on the IPv4 header. The same is true for IPv6 Explicit NULL with an IPv6 packet following. Therefore, when installing the IPv4/IPv6 Explicit NULL label routes, add an attribute that specifies the expected payload type for use at forwarding time for determining the type of the encapsulated packet instead of inspecting the first nibble of the packet. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-06 17:04:56 +07:00
rt2->rt_payload_type = MPT_IPV6;
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 20:03:27 +07:00
rt2->rt_nh->nh_via_table = NEIGH_LINK_TABLE;
mpls: fix forwarding using v4/v6 explicit null Fill in the via address length for the predefined IPv4 and IPv6 explicit-null label routes. Fixes: f8efb73c97e2 ("mpls: multipath route support") Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-27 07:37:35 +07:00
rt2->rt_nh->nh_via_alen = lo->addr_len;
mpls: reduce memory usage of routes Nexthops for MPLS routes have a via address field sized for the largest via address that is expected, which is 32 bytes. This means that in the most common case of having ipv4 via addresses, 28 bytes of memory more than required are used per nexthop. In the other common case of an ipv6 nexthop then 16 bytes more than required are used. With large numbers of MPLS routes this extra memory usage could start to become significant. To avoid allocating memory for a maximum length via address when not all of it is required and to allow for ease of iterating over nexthops, then the via addresses are changed to be stored in the same memory block as the route and nexthops, but in an array after the end of the array of nexthops. New accessors are provided to retrieve a pointer to the via address. To allow for O(1) access without having to store a pointer or offset per nh, the via address for each nexthop is sized according to the maximum via address for any nexthop in the route, which is stored in a new route field, rt_max_alen, but this is in an existing hole in struct mpls_route so it doesn't increase the size of the structure. Each via address is ensured to be aligned to VIA_ALEN_ALIGN to account for architectures that don't allow unaligned accesses. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-27 07:37:36 +07:00
memcpy(__mpls_nh_via(rt2, rt2->rt_nh), lo->dev_addr,
lo->addr_len);
mpls: Add a sysctl to control the size of the mpls label table This sysctl gives two benefits. By defaulting the table size to 0 mpls even when compiled in and enabled defaults to not forwarding any packets. This prevents unpleasant surprises for users. The other benefit is that as mpls labels are allocated locally a dense table a small dense label table may be used which saves memory and is extremely simple and efficient to implement. This sysctl allows userspace to choose the restrictions on the label table size userspace applications need to cope with. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:11:20 +07:00
}
rtnl_lock();
/* Remember the original table */
mpls: Cleanup the rcu usage in the code. Sparse was generating a lot of warnings mostly from missing annotations in the code. Add missing annotations and in a few cases tweak the code for performance by moving work before loops. This also fixes a problematic ommision of rcu_assign_pointer and rcu_dereference. Hopefully with complete rcu annotations any new rcu errors will stick out like a sore thumb. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-08 05:21:56 +07:00
old = rtnl_dereference(net->mpls.platform_label);
mpls: Add a sysctl to control the size of the mpls label table This sysctl gives two benefits. By defaulting the table size to 0 mpls even when compiled in and enabled defaults to not forwarding any packets. This prevents unpleasant surprises for users. The other benefit is that as mpls labels are allocated locally a dense table a small dense label table may be used which saves memory and is extremely simple and efficient to implement. This sysctl allows userspace to choose the restrictions on the label table size userspace applications need to cope with. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:11:20 +07:00
old_limit = net->mpls.platform_labels;
/* Free any labels beyond the new table */
for (index = limit; index < old_limit; index++)
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 20:03:27 +07:00
mpls_route_update(net, index, NULL, NULL);
mpls: Add a sysctl to control the size of the mpls label table This sysctl gives two benefits. By defaulting the table size to 0 mpls even when compiled in and enabled defaults to not forwarding any packets. This prevents unpleasant surprises for users. The other benefit is that as mpls labels are allocated locally a dense table a small dense label table may be used which saves memory and is extremely simple and efficient to implement. This sysctl allows userspace to choose the restrictions on the label table size userspace applications need to cope with. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:11:20 +07:00
/* Copy over the old labels */
cp_size = size;
if (old_limit < limit)
cp_size = old_limit * sizeof(struct mpls_route *);
memcpy(labels, old, cp_size);
/* If needed set the predefined labels */
mpls: Change reserved label names to be consistent with netbsd Since these are now visible to userspace it is nice to be consistent with BSD (sys/netmpls/mpls.h in netBSD). Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-07 22:08:51 +07:00
if ((old_limit <= MPLS_LABEL_IPV6NULL) &&
(limit > MPLS_LABEL_IPV6NULL)) {
RCU_INIT_POINTER(labels[MPLS_LABEL_IPV6NULL], rt2);
mpls: Add a sysctl to control the size of the mpls label table This sysctl gives two benefits. By defaulting the table size to 0 mpls even when compiled in and enabled defaults to not forwarding any packets. This prevents unpleasant surprises for users. The other benefit is that as mpls labels are allocated locally a dense table a small dense label table may be used which saves memory and is extremely simple and efficient to implement. This sysctl allows userspace to choose the restrictions on the label table size userspace applications need to cope with. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:11:20 +07:00
rt2 = NULL;
}
mpls: Change reserved label names to be consistent with netbsd Since these are now visible to userspace it is nice to be consistent with BSD (sys/netmpls/mpls.h in netBSD). Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-07 22:08:51 +07:00
if ((old_limit <= MPLS_LABEL_IPV4NULL) &&
(limit > MPLS_LABEL_IPV4NULL)) {
RCU_INIT_POINTER(labels[MPLS_LABEL_IPV4NULL], rt0);
mpls: Add a sysctl to control the size of the mpls label table This sysctl gives two benefits. By defaulting the table size to 0 mpls even when compiled in and enabled defaults to not forwarding any packets. This prevents unpleasant surprises for users. The other benefit is that as mpls labels are allocated locally a dense table a small dense label table may be used which saves memory and is extremely simple and efficient to implement. This sysctl allows userspace to choose the restrictions on the label table size userspace applications need to cope with. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:11:20 +07:00
rt0 = NULL;
}
/* Update the global pointers */
net->mpls.platform_labels = limit;
mpls: Cleanup the rcu usage in the code. Sparse was generating a lot of warnings mostly from missing annotations in the code. Add missing annotations and in a few cases tweak the code for performance by moving work before loops. This also fixes a problematic ommision of rcu_assign_pointer and rcu_dereference. Hopefully with complete rcu annotations any new rcu errors will stick out like a sore thumb. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-08 05:21:56 +07:00
rcu_assign_pointer(net->mpls.platform_label, labels);
mpls: Add a sysctl to control the size of the mpls label table This sysctl gives two benefits. By defaulting the table size to 0 mpls even when compiled in and enabled defaults to not forwarding any packets. This prevents unpleasant surprises for users. The other benefit is that as mpls labels are allocated locally a dense table a small dense label table may be used which saves memory and is extremely simple and efficient to implement. This sysctl allows userspace to choose the restrictions on the label table size userspace applications need to cope with. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:11:20 +07:00
rtnl_unlock();
mpls_rt_free(rt2);
mpls_rt_free(rt0);
if (old) {
synchronize_rcu();
kvfree(old);
}
return 0;
nort2:
mpls_rt_free(rt0);
nort0:
kvfree(labels);
nolabels:
return -ENOMEM;
}
static int mpls_platform_labels(struct ctl_table *table, int write,
void __user *buffer, size_t *lenp, loff_t *ppos)
{
struct net *net = table->data;
int platform_labels = net->mpls.platform_labels;
int ret;
struct ctl_table tmp = {
.procname = table->procname,
.data = &platform_labels,
.maxlen = sizeof(int),
.mode = table->mode,
.extra1 = &zero,
.extra2 = &label_limit,
};
ret = proc_dointvec_minmax(&tmp, write, buffer, lenp, ppos);
if (write && ret == 0)
ret = resize_platform_label_table(net, platform_labels);
return ret;
}
mpls: Per-device enabling of packet input An MPLS network is a single trust domain where the edges must be in control of what labels make their way into the core. The simplest way of ensuring this is for the edge device to always impose the labels, and not allow forward labeled traffic from untrusted neighbours. This is achieved by allowing a per-device configuration of whether MPLS traffic input from that interface should be processed or not. To be secure by default, the default state is changed to MPLS being disabled on all interfaces unless explicitly enabled and no global option is provided to change the default. Whilst this differs from other protocols (e.g. IPv6), network operators are used to explicitly enabling MPLS forwarding on interfaces, and with the number of links to the MPLS core typically fairly low this doesn't present too much of a burden on operators. Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Reviewed-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-04-22 17:14:38 +07:00
static const struct ctl_table mpls_table[] = {
mpls: Add a sysctl to control the size of the mpls label table This sysctl gives two benefits. By defaulting the table size to 0 mpls even when compiled in and enabled defaults to not forwarding any packets. This prevents unpleasant surprises for users. The other benefit is that as mpls labels are allocated locally a dense table a small dense label table may be used which saves memory and is extremely simple and efficient to implement. This sysctl allows userspace to choose the restrictions on the label table size userspace applications need to cope with. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:11:20 +07:00
{
.procname = "platform_labels",
.data = NULL,
.maxlen = sizeof(int),
.mode = 0644,
.proc_handler = mpls_platform_labels,
},
{ }
};
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:10:47 +07:00
static int mpls_net_init(struct net *net)
{
mpls: Add a sysctl to control the size of the mpls label table This sysctl gives two benefits. By defaulting the table size to 0 mpls even when compiled in and enabled defaults to not forwarding any packets. This prevents unpleasant surprises for users. The other benefit is that as mpls labels are allocated locally a dense table a small dense label table may be used which saves memory and is extremely simple and efficient to implement. This sysctl allows userspace to choose the restrictions on the label table size userspace applications need to cope with. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:11:20 +07:00
struct ctl_table *table;
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:10:47 +07:00
net->mpls.platform_labels = 0;
net->mpls.platform_label = NULL;
mpls: Add a sysctl to control the size of the mpls label table This sysctl gives two benefits. By defaulting the table size to 0 mpls even when compiled in and enabled defaults to not forwarding any packets. This prevents unpleasant surprises for users. The other benefit is that as mpls labels are allocated locally a dense table a small dense label table may be used which saves memory and is extremely simple and efficient to implement. This sysctl allows userspace to choose the restrictions on the label table size userspace applications need to cope with. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:11:20 +07:00
table = kmemdup(mpls_table, sizeof(mpls_table), GFP_KERNEL);
if (table == NULL)
return -ENOMEM;
table[0].data = net;
net->mpls.ctl = register_net_sysctl(net, "net/mpls", table);
mpls: fix mpls_net_init memory leak Fix a memory leak in the mpls netns init function in case of failure. If register_net_sysctl fails then we need to free the ctl_table. Fixes: 7720c01f3f59 ("mpls: Add a sysctl to control the size of the mpls label table") Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-09-01 00:44:19 +07:00
if (net->mpls.ctl == NULL) {
kfree(table);
mpls: Add a sysctl to control the size of the mpls label table This sysctl gives two benefits. By defaulting the table size to 0 mpls even when compiled in and enabled defaults to not forwarding any packets. This prevents unpleasant surprises for users. The other benefit is that as mpls labels are allocated locally a dense table a small dense label table may be used which saves memory and is extremely simple and efficient to implement. This sysctl allows userspace to choose the restrictions on the label table size userspace applications need to cope with. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:11:20 +07:00
return -ENOMEM;
mpls: fix mpls_net_init memory leak Fix a memory leak in the mpls netns init function in case of failure. If register_net_sysctl fails then we need to free the ctl_table. Fixes: 7720c01f3f59 ("mpls: Add a sysctl to control the size of the mpls label table") Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-09-01 00:44:19 +07:00
}
mpls: Add a sysctl to control the size of the mpls label table This sysctl gives two benefits. By defaulting the table size to 0 mpls even when compiled in and enabled defaults to not forwarding any packets. This prevents unpleasant surprises for users. The other benefit is that as mpls labels are allocated locally a dense table a small dense label table may be used which saves memory and is extremely simple and efficient to implement. This sysctl allows userspace to choose the restrictions on the label table size userspace applications need to cope with. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:11:20 +07:00
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:10:47 +07:00
return 0;
}
static void mpls_net_exit(struct net *net)
{
mpls: Cleanup the rcu usage in the code. Sparse was generating a lot of warnings mostly from missing annotations in the code. Add missing annotations and in a few cases tweak the code for performance by moving work before loops. This also fixes a problematic ommision of rcu_assign_pointer and rcu_dereference. Hopefully with complete rcu annotations any new rcu errors will stick out like a sore thumb. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-08 05:21:56 +07:00
struct mpls_route __rcu **platform_label;
size_t platform_labels;
mpls: Add a sysctl to control the size of the mpls label table This sysctl gives two benefits. By defaulting the table size to 0 mpls even when compiled in and enabled defaults to not forwarding any packets. This prevents unpleasant surprises for users. The other benefit is that as mpls labels are allocated locally a dense table a small dense label table may be used which saves memory and is extremely simple and efficient to implement. This sysctl allows userspace to choose the restrictions on the label table size userspace applications need to cope with. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:11:20 +07:00
struct ctl_table *table;
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:10:47 +07:00
unsigned int index;
mpls: Add a sysctl to control the size of the mpls label table This sysctl gives two benefits. By defaulting the table size to 0 mpls even when compiled in and enabled defaults to not forwarding any packets. This prevents unpleasant surprises for users. The other benefit is that as mpls labels are allocated locally a dense table a small dense label table may be used which saves memory and is extremely simple and efficient to implement. This sysctl allows userspace to choose the restrictions on the label table size userspace applications need to cope with. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:11:20 +07:00
table = net->mpls.ctl->ctl_table_arg;
unregister_net_sysctl_table(net->mpls.ctl);
kfree(table);
mpls: Cleanup the rcu usage in the code. Sparse was generating a lot of warnings mostly from missing annotations in the code. Add missing annotations and in a few cases tweak the code for performance by moving work before loops. This also fixes a problematic ommision of rcu_assign_pointer and rcu_dereference. Hopefully with complete rcu annotations any new rcu errors will stick out like a sore thumb. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-08 05:21:56 +07:00
/* An rcu grace period has passed since there was a device in
* the network namespace (and thus the last in flight packet)
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:10:47 +07:00
* left this network namespace. This is because
* unregister_netdevice_many and netdev_run_todo has completed
* for each network device that was in this network namespace.
*
* As such no additional rcu synchronization is necessary when
* freeing the platform_label table.
*/
rtnl_lock();
mpls: Cleanup the rcu usage in the code. Sparse was generating a lot of warnings mostly from missing annotations in the code. Add missing annotations and in a few cases tweak the code for performance by moving work before loops. This also fixes a problematic ommision of rcu_assign_pointer and rcu_dereference. Hopefully with complete rcu annotations any new rcu errors will stick out like a sore thumb. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-08 05:21:56 +07:00
platform_label = rtnl_dereference(net->mpls.platform_label);
platform_labels = net->mpls.platform_labels;
for (index = 0; index < platform_labels; index++) {
struct mpls_route *rt = rtnl_dereference(platform_label[index]);
RCU_INIT_POINTER(platform_label[index], NULL);
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:10:47 +07:00
mpls_rt_free(rt);
}
rtnl_unlock();
mpls: Cleanup the rcu usage in the code. Sparse was generating a lot of warnings mostly from missing annotations in the code. Add missing annotations and in a few cases tweak the code for performance by moving work before loops. This also fixes a problematic ommision of rcu_assign_pointer and rcu_dereference. Hopefully with complete rcu annotations any new rcu errors will stick out like a sore thumb. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-08 05:21:56 +07:00
kvfree(platform_label);
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:10:47 +07:00
}
static struct pernet_operations mpls_net_ops = {
.init = mpls_net_init,
.exit = mpls_net_exit,
};
static int __init mpls_init(void)
{
int err;
BUILD_BUG_ON(sizeof(struct mpls_shim_hdr) != 4);
err = register_pernet_subsys(&mpls_net_ops);
if (err)
goto out;
err = register_netdevice_notifier(&mpls_dev_notifier);
if (err)
goto out_unregister_pernet;
dev_add_pack(&mpls_packet_type);
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:13:56 +07:00
rtnl_register(PF_MPLS, RTM_NEWROUTE, mpls_rtm_newroute, NULL, NULL);
rtnl_register(PF_MPLS, RTM_DELROUTE, mpls_rtm_delroute, NULL, NULL);
rtnl_register(PF_MPLS, RTM_GETROUTE, NULL, mpls_dump_routes, NULL);
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:10:47 +07:00
err = 0;
out:
return err;
out_unregister_pernet:
unregister_pernet_subsys(&mpls_net_ops);
goto out;
}
module_init(mpls_init);
static void __exit mpls_exit(void)
{
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:13:56 +07:00
rtnl_unregister_all(PF_MPLS);
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 08:10:47 +07:00
dev_remove_pack(&mpls_packet_type);
unregister_netdevice_notifier(&mpls_dev_notifier);
unregister_pernet_subsys(&mpls_net_ops);
}
module_exit(mpls_exit);
MODULE_DESCRIPTION("MultiProtocol Label Switching");
MODULE_LICENSE("GPL v2");
MODULE_ALIAS_NETPROTO(PF_MPLS);
Reference in New Issue Copy Permalink